2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
. \" This manpage has been automatically generated by docbook2man
. \" from a DocBook document. This tool can be found at:
. \" <http://shell.ipoline.com/~elmert/comp/docbook2X/>
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
. \" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches,
. \" etc. to Steve Cheng <steve@ggi-project.org>.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
.TH "SMB.CONF" "5" "20 August 2002" "" ""
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.SH NAME
smb.conf \- The configuration file for the Samba suite
.SH "SYNOPSIS"
.PP
The \fI smb.conf\fR file is a configuration
file for the Samba suite. \fI smb.conf\fR contains
runtime configuration information for the Samba programs. The
\fI smb.conf\fR file is designed to be configured and
administered by the \fB swat(8)\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
program. The complete description of the file format and
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
possible parameters held within are here for reference purposes.
.SH "FILE FORMAT"
.PP
The file consists of sections and parameters. A section
begins with the name of the section in square brackets and continues
until the next section begins. Sections contain parameters of the
form
.PP
\fI name\fR = \fI value
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.PP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
The file is line-based - that is, each newline-terminated
line represents either a comment, a section name or a parameter.
.PP
Section and parameter names are not case sensitive.
.PP
Only the first equals sign in a parameter is significant.
2002-04-25 02:15:18 +00:00
Whitespace before or after the first equals sign is discarded.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Leading, trailing and internal whitespace in section and parameter
names is irrelevant. Leading and trailing whitespace in a parameter
value is discarded. Internal whitespace within a parameter value
is retained verbatim.
.PP
Any line beginning with a semicolon (';') or a hash ('#')
character is ignored, as are lines containing only whitespace.
.PP
Any line ending in a '\\ ' is continued
on the next line in the customary UNIX fashion.
.PP
The values following the equals sign in parameters are all
either a string (no quotes needed) or a boolean, which may be given
as yes/no, 0/1 or true/false. Case is not significant in boolean
values, but is preserved in string values. Some items such as
create modes are numeric.
.SH "SECTION DESCRIPTIONS"
.PP
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
Each section in the configuration file (except for the
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
[global] section) describes a shared resource (known
as a "share"). The section name is the name of the
shared resource and the parameters within the section define
the shares attributes.
.PP
There are three special sections, [global],
[homes] and [printers], which are
described under \fB special sections\fR . The
following notes apply to ordinary section descriptions.
.PP
A share consists of a directory to which access is being
given plus a description of the access rights which are granted
to the user of the service. Some housekeeping options are
also specifiable.
.PP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Sections are either file share services (used by the
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
client as an extension of their native file systems) or
printable services (used by the client to access print services
on the host running the server).
.PP
2002-04-25 02:15:18 +00:00
Sections may be designated \fB guest\fR services,
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
in which case no password is required to access them. A specified
UNIX \fB guest account\fR is used to define access
privileges in this case.
.PP
Sections other than guest services will require a password
to access them. The client provides the username. As older clients
only provide passwords and not usernames, you may specify a list
2001-09-11 05:28:56 +00:00
of usernames to check against the password using the "user ="
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
option in the share definition. For modern clients such as
Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000, this should not be necessary.
.PP
Note that the access rights granted by the server are
masked by the access rights granted to the specified or guest
UNIX user by the host system. The server does not grant more
access than the host system grants.
.PP
The following sample section defines a file space share.
The user has write access to the path \fI /home/bar\fR .
The share is accessed via the share name "foo":
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.nf
[foo]
path = /home/bar
writeable = true
.fi
.PP
The following sample section defines a printable share.
The share is readonly, but printable. That is, the only write
access permitted is via calls to open, write to and close a
spool file. The \fB guest ok\fR parameter means
access will be permitted as the default guest user (specified
elsewhere):
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.nf
[aprinter]
path = /usr/spool/public
writeable = false
printable = true
guest ok = true
.fi
.SH "SPECIAL SECTIONS"
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
.SS "THE [GLOBAL] SECTION"
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.PP
parameters in this section apply to the server
as a whole, or are defaults for sections which do not
2002-01-27 05:37:23 +00:00
specifically define certain items. See the notes
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
under PARAMETERS for more information.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
.SS "THE [HOMES] SECTION"
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.PP
If a section called homes is included in the
configuration file, services connecting clients to their
home directories can be created on the fly by the server.
.PP
When the connection request is made, the existing
sections are scanned. If a match is found, it is used. If no
match is found, the requested section name is treated as a
user name and looked up in the local password file. If the
name exists and the correct password has been given, a share is
created by cloning the [homes] section.
.PP
Some modifications are then made to the newly
created share:
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
The share name is changed from homes to
the located username.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
If no path was given, the path is set to
the user's home directory.
.PP
2001-09-11 05:28:56 +00:00
If you decide to use a \fB path =\fR line
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
in your [homes] section then you may find it useful
to use the %S macro. For example :
.PP
2001-09-11 05:28:56 +00:00
\fB path = /data/pchome/%S\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.PP
would be useful if you have different home directories
for your PCs than for UNIX access.
.PP
This is a fast and simple way to give a large number
of clients access to their home directories with a minimum
of fuss.
.PP
A similar process occurs if the requested section
name is "homes", except that the share name is not
2002-01-27 05:37:23 +00:00
changed to that of the requesting user. This method of using
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
the [homes] section works well if different users share
a client PC.
.PP
The [homes] section can specify all the parameters
a normal service section can specify, though some make more sense
than others. The following is a typical and suitable [homes]
section:
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.nf
[homes]
writeable = yes
.fi
.PP
An important point is that if guest access is specified
in the [homes] section, all home directories will be
visible to all clients \fB without a password\fR .
In the very unlikely event that this is actually desirable, it
would be wise to also specify \fB read only
access\fR .
.PP
Note that the \fB browseable\fR flag for
auto home directories will be inherited from the global browseable
flag, not the [homes] browseable flag. This is useful as
2001-09-11 05:28:56 +00:00
it means setting \fB browseable = no\fR in
the [homes] section will hide the [homes] share but make
any auto home directories visible.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
.SS "THE [PRINTERS] SECTION"
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.PP
This section works like [homes],
but for printers.
.PP
If a [printers] section occurs in the
configuration file, users are able to connect to any printer
specified in the local host's printcap file.
.PP
When a connection request is made, the existing sections
are scanned. If a match is found, it is used. If no match is found,
but a [homes] section exists, it is used as described
2002-01-27 05:37:23 +00:00
above. Otherwise, the requested section name is treated as a
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
printer name and the appropriate printcap file is scanned to see
if the requested section name is a valid printer share name. If
a match is found, a new printer share is created by cloning
the [printers] section.
.PP
A few modifications are then made to the newly created
share:
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
The share name is set to the located printer
name
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
If no printer name was given, the printer name
is set to the located printer name
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
If the share does not permit guest access and
no username was given, the username is set to the located
printer name.
.PP
Note that the [printers] service MUST be
printable - if you specify otherwise, the server will refuse
to load the configuration file.
.PP
Typically the path specified would be that of a
world-writeable spool directory with the sticky bit set on
it. A typical [printers] entry would look like
this:
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.nf
[printers]
path = /usr/spool/public
guest ok = yes
printable = yes
.fi
.PP
All aliases given for a printer in the printcap file
are legitimate printer names as far as the server is concerned.
If your printing subsystem doesn't work like that, you will have
to set up a pseudo-printcap. This is a file consisting of one or
more lines like this:
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.nf
alias|alias|alias|alias...
.fi
.PP
Each alias should be an acceptable printer name for
your printing subsystem. In the [global] section, specify
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
the new file as your printcap. The server will then only recognize
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
names found in your pseudo-printcap, which of course can contain
whatever aliases you like. The same technique could be used
simply to limit access to a subset of your local printers.
.PP
An alias, by the way, is defined as any component of the
first entry of a printcap record. Records are separated by newlines,
components (if there are more than one) are separated by vertical
bar symbols ('|').
.PP
NOTE: On SYSV systems which use lpstat to determine what
printers are defined on the system you may be able to use
"printcap name = lpstat" to automatically obtain a list
of printers. See the "printcap name" option
for more details.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
.SH "PARAMETERS"
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.PP
parameters define the specific attributes of sections.
.PP
Some parameters are specific to the [global] section
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
(e.g., \fB security\fR ). Some parameters are usable
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
in all sections (e.g., \fB create mode\fR ). All others
are permissible only in normal sections. For the purposes of the
following descriptions the [homes] and [printers]
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
sections will be considered normal. The letter \fB G\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
in parentheses indicates that a parameter is specific to the
[global] section. The letter \fB S\fR
indicates that a parameter can be specified in a service specific
section. Note that all \fB S\fR parameters can also be specified in
the [global] section - in which case they will define
the default behavior for all services.
.PP
parameters are arranged here in alphabetical order - this may
2002-01-27 05:37:23 +00:00
not create best bedfellows, but at least you can find them! Where
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
there are synonyms, the preferred synonym is described, others refer
to the preferred synonym.
.SH "VARIABLE SUBSTITUTIONS"
.PP
Many of the strings that are settable in the config file
can take substitutions. For example the option "path =
/tmp/%u" would be interpreted as "path =
/tmp/john" if the user connected with the username john.
.PP
These substitutions are mostly noted in the descriptions below,
but there are some general substitutions which apply whenever they
might be relevant. These are:
.TP
\fB %S\fR
the name of the current service, if any.
.TP
\fB %P\fR
the root directory of the current service,
if any.
.TP
\fB %u\fR
user name of the current service, if any.
.TP
\fB %g\fR
primary group name of %u.
.TP
\fB %U\fR
session user name (the user name that the client
wanted, not necessarily the same as the one they got).
.TP
\fB %G\fR
primary group name of %U.
.TP
\fB %H\fR
the home directory of the user given
by %u.
.TP
\fB %v\fR
the Samba version.
.TP
\fB %h\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
the Internet hostname that Samba is running
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
on.
.TP
\fB %m\fR
the NetBIOS name of the client machine
(very useful).
.TP
\fB %L\fR
the NetBIOS name of the server. This allows you
to change your config based on what the client calls you. Your
server can have a "dual personality".
2002-04-01 15:19:05 +00:00
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Note that this parameter is not available when Samba listens
2002-04-01 15:19:05 +00:00
on port 445, as clients no longer send this information
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB %M\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
the Internet name of the client machine.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB %N\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
the name of your NIS home directory server.
This is obtained from your NIS auto.map entry. If you have
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
not compiled Samba with the \fB --with-automount\fR
2001-09-11 05:28:56 +00:00
option then this value will be the same as %L.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB %p\fR
the path of the service's home directory,
obtained from your NIS auto.map entry. The NIS auto.map entry
is split up as "%N:%p".
.TP
\fB %R\fR
the selected protocol level after
protocol negotiation. It can be one of CORE, COREPLUS,
LANMAN1, LANMAN2 or NT1.
.TP
\fB %d\fR
2002-04-25 02:15:18 +00:00
The process id of the current server
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
process.
.TP
\fB %a\fR
the architecture of the remote
machine. Only some are recognized, and those may not be
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
100% reliable. It currently recognizes Samba, WfWg, Win95,
WinNT and Win2k. Anything else will be known as
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
"UNKNOWN". If it gets it wrong then sending a level
3 log to samba@samba.org
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
should allow it to be fixed.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB %I\fR
The IP address of the client machine.
.TP
\fB %T\fR
the current date and time.
.TP
\fB %$(\fI envvar\fB )\fR
The value of the environment variable
\fI envar\fR .
.PP
There are some quite creative things that can be done
with these substitutions and other smb.conf options.
.SH "NAME MANGLING"
.PP
Samba supports "name mangling" so that DOS and
Windows clients can use files that don't conform to the 8.3 format.
It can also be set to adjust the case of 8.3 format filenames.
.PP
There are several options that control the way mangling is
performed, and they are grouped here rather than listed separately.
For the defaults look at the output of the testparm program.
.PP
All of these options can be set separately for each service
(or globally, of course).
.PP
The options are:
.TP
2001-09-11 05:28:56 +00:00
\fB mangle case = yes/no\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
controls if names that have characters that
aren't of the "default" case are mangled. For example,
if this is yes then a name like "Mail" would be mangled.
Default \fB no\fR .
.TP
\fB case sensitive = yes/no\fR
controls whether filenames are case sensitive. If
they aren't then Samba must do a filename search and match on passed
names. Default \fB no\fR .
.TP
\fB default case = upper/lower\fR
controls what the default case is for new
filenames. Default \fB lower\fR .
.TP
\fB preserve case = yes/no\fR
controls if new files are created with the
case that the client passes, or if they are forced to be the
"default" case. Default \fB yes\fR .
.TP
\fB short preserve case = yes/no\fR
2002-04-25 02:15:18 +00:00
controls if new files which conform to 8.3 syntax,
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
that is all in upper case and of suitable length, are created
upper case, or if they are forced to be the "default"
case. This option can be use with "preserve case = yes"
to permit long filenames to retain their case, while short names
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
are lowercased. Default \fB yes\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.PP
By default, Samba 2.2 has the same semantics as a Windows
NT server, in that it is case insensitive but case preserving.
.SH "NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION"
.PP
There are a number of ways in which a user can connect
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
to a service. The server uses the following steps in determining
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
if it will allow a connection to a specified service. If all the
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
steps fail, then the connection request is rejected. However, if one of the
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
steps succeeds, then the following steps are not checked.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.PP
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
If the service is marked "guest only = yes" and the
server is running with share-level security ("security = share")
then steps 1 to 5 are skipped.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
.TP 3
1.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If the client has passed a username/password
pair and that username/password pair is validated by the UNIX
system's password programs then the connection is made as that
username. Note that this includes the
\\ \\ server\\ service%\fI username\fR method of passing
a username.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
.TP 3
2.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If the client has previously registered a username
with the system and now supplies a correct password for that
username then the connection is allowed.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
.TP 3
3.
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
The client's NetBIOS name and any previously
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
used user names are checked against the supplied password, if
they match then the connection is allowed as the corresponding
user.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
.TP 3
4.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If the client has previously validated a
username/password pair with the server and the client has passed
the validation token then that username is used.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
.TP 3
5.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If a "user = " field is given in the
\fI smb.conf\fR file for the service and the client
has supplied a password, and that password matches (according to
the UNIX system's password checking) with one of the usernames
2001-09-11 05:28:56 +00:00
from the "user =" field then the connection is made as
the username in the "user =" line. If one
of the username in the "user =" list begins with a
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\& '@' then that name expands to a list of names in
the group of the same name.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
.TP 3
6.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If the service is a guest service then a
connection is made as the username given in the "guest
account =" for the service, irrespective of the
supplied password.
.SH "COMPLETE LIST OF GLOBAL PARAMETERS"
.PP
Here is a list of all global parameters. See the section of
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
each parameter for details. Note that some are synonyms.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fI abort shutdown script\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI add group script\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI addprinter command\fR
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI add share command\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
\fI add user script\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI add user to group script\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fI add machine script\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI delete group script\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI ads server\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-04-16 16:52:20 +00:00
\fI algorithmic rid base\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI allow trusted domains\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI announce as\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI announce version\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-01-24 17:04:30 +00:00
\fI auth methods\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI auto services\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI bind interfaces only\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI browse list\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI change notify timeout\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
\fI change share command\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI config file\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI deadtime\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI debug hires timestamp\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI debug pid\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI debug timestamp\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI debug uid\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI debuglevel\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI default\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI default service\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI deleteprinter command\fR
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI delete share command\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
\fI delete user script\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI delete user from group script\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI dfree command\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI disable netbios\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fI disable spoolss\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI disable charset\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI dns proxy\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI domain admin group\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI domain guest group\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI domain logons\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI domain master\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI dos charset\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI encrypt passwords\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI enhanced browsing\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI enumports command\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI getwd cache\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI hide local users\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fI hide unreadable\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI hide unwriteable files\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI homedir map\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI host msdfs\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI hostname lookups\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI hosts equiv\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI interfaces\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI keepalive\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI kernel oplocks\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI lanman auth\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fI large readwrite\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
\fI ldap admin dn\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI ldap filter\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
\fI ldap ssl\fR
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
\fI ldap suffix\fR
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
\fI ldap suffix\fR
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI ldap suffix\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI lm announce\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI lm interval\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI load printers\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI local master\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI lock dir\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI lock directory\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
\fI lock spin count\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI lock spin time\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI pid directory\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI log file\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI log level\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI logon drive\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI logon home\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI logon path\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI logon script\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI lpq cache time\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI machine password timeout\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI mangled stack\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI map to guest\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI max disk size\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI max log size\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI max mux\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI max open files\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI max protocol\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI max smbd processes\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI max ttl\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI max wins ttl\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI max xmit\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI message command\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI min passwd length\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI min password length\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI min protocol\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI min wins ttl\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI name cache timeout\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI name resolve order\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI netbios aliases\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI netbios name\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI netbios scope\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI nis homedir\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI ntlm auth\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-01-24 17:04:30 +00:00
\fI non unix account range\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-01-24 17:04:30 +00:00
\fI nt pipe support\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-04-25 02:15:18 +00:00
\fI nt status support\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI null passwords\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
\fI obey pam restrictions\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI oplock break wait time\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI os level\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI os2 driver map\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
\fI pam password change\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI panic action\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI paranoid server security\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-01-24 17:04:30 +00:00
\fI passdb backend\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI passwd chat\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI passwd chat debug\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI passwd program\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI password level\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI password server\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI prefered master\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI preferred master\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI preload\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI printcap\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI printcap name\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI printer driver file\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-04-01 15:19:05 +00:00
\fI private dir\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI protocol\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI read bmpx\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI read raw\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI read size\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI realm\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI remote announce\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI remote browse sync\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI restrict anonymous\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI root\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI root dir\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI root directory\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI security\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI server string\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI show add printer wizard\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fI shutdown script\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI smb passwd file\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI smb ports\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI socket address\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI socket options\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI source environment\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
\fI use spnego\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI stat cache\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI stat cache size\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI strip dot\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI syslog\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI syslog only\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI template homedir\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI template shell\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI time offset\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI time server\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI timestamp logs\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI total print jobs\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI unicode\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI unix charset\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-01-27 05:37:23 +00:00
\fI unix extensions\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI unix password sync\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI update encrypted\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
\fI use mmap\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI use rhosts\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI username level\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI username map\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fI utmp\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI utmp directory\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI wtmp directory\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI winbind cache time\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fI winbind enum users\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI winbind enum groups\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI winbind gid\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI winbind separator\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI winbind uid\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-01-24 17:04:30 +00:00
\fI winbind use default domain\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI wins hook\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI wins partners\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI wins proxy\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI wins server\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI wins support\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI workgroup\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI write raw\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.SH "COMPLETE LIST OF SERVICE PARAMETERS"
.PP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Here is a list of all service parameters. See the section on
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
each parameter for details. Note that some are synonyms.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI admin users\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI allow hosts\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI available\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI blocking locks\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI block size\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI browsable\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI browseable\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI case sensitive\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI casesignames\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI comment\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI copy\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI create mask\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI create mode\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-04-25 02:15:18 +00:00
\fI csc policy\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI default case\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-01-27 05:37:23 +00:00
\fI default devmode\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI delete readonly\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI delete veto files\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI deny hosts\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI directory\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI directory mask\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI directory mode\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI directory security mask\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI dont descend\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI dos filemode\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI dos filetime resolution\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI dos filetimes\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI exec\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI fake directory create times\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI fake oplocks\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI follow symlinks\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI force create mode\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI force directory mode\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI force directory security mode\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI force group\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI force security mode\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI force user\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI fstype\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI group\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI guest account\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI guest ok\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI guest only\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI hide dot files\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI hide files\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI hosts allow\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI hosts deny\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI include\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
\fI inherit acls\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI inherit permissions\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI invalid users\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI level2 oplocks\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI locking\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI lppause command\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI lpq command\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI lpresume command\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI lprm command\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI magic output\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI magic script\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI mangle case\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI mangled map\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI mangled names\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI mangling char\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI mangling method\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI map archive\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI map hidden\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI map system\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI max connections\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI max print jobs\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI min print space\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI msdfs root\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
\fI nt acl support\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI only guest\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI only user\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI oplock contention limit\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI oplocks\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI path\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI posix locking\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI postexec\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI postscript\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI preexec\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI preexec close\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI preserve case\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI print command\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI print ok\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI printable\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI printer\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI printer admin\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI printer driver\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI printer driver location\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI printer name\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI printing\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI public\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI queuepause command\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI queueresume command\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI read list\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI read only\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI root postexec\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI root preexec\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI root preexec close\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI security mask\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI set directory\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-04-25 02:15:18 +00:00
\fI share modes\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI short preserve case\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI status\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
\fI strict allocate\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI strict locking\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI strict sync\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI sync always\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fI use client driver\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI user\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI username\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI users\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI valid users\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI veto files\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI veto oplock files\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI vfs path\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI vfs object\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI vfs options\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI volume\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI wide links\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI writable\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI write cache size\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI write list\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI write ok\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI writeable\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.SH "EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER"
.TP
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fB abort shutdown script (G)\fR
\fB This parameter only exists in the HEAD cvs branch\fR
This a full path name to a script called by
\fB smbd(8)\fR that
should stop a shutdown procedure issued by the \fI shutdown script\fR .
This command will be run as user.
Default: \fB None\fR .
Example: \fB abort shutdown script = /sbin/shutdown -c\fR
.TP
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB addprinter command (G)\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing
support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, The MS Add
Printer Wizard (APW) icon is now also available in the
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
"Printers..." folder displayed a share listing. The APW
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
allows for printers to be add remotely to a Samba or Windows
NT/2000 print server.
For a Samba host this means that the printer must be
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
physically added to the underlying printing system. The \fI add
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
printer command\fR defines a script to be run which
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
will perform the necessary operations for adding the printer
to the print system and to add the appropriate service definition
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
to the \fI smb.conf\fR file in order that it can be
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
shared by \fB smbd(8)\fR
.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
The \fI addprinter command\fR is
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
automatically invoked with the following parameter (in
order:
.RS
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI printer name\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI share name\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI port name\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI driver name\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI location\fR
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI Windows 9x driver location\fR
.RE
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
All parameters are filled in from the PRINTER_INFO_2 structure sent
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
by the Windows NT/2000 client with one exception. The "Windows 9x
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
driver location" parameter is included for backwards compatibility
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
only. The remaining fields in the structure are generated from answers
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
to the APW questions.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Once the \fI addprinter command\fR has
been executed, \fB smbd\fR will reparse the \fI smb.conf\fR to determine if the share defined by the APW
exists. If the sharename is still invalid, then \fB smbd
\fR will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client.
See also \fI deleteprinter command\fR , \fI printing\fR ,
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI show add
printer wizard\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB none\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Example: \fB addprinter command = /usr/bin/addprinter
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
.TP
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
\fB add share command (G)\fR
Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server Manager. The
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
\fI add share command\fR is used to define an
external program or script which will add a new service definition
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
to \fI smb.conf\fR . In order to successfully
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
execute the \fI add share command\fR , \fB smbd\fR
requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e.
uid == 0).
When executed, \fB smbd\fR will automatically invoke the
\fI add share command\fR with four parameters.
.RS
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI configFile\fR - the location
of the global \fI smb.conf\fR file.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI shareName\fR - the name of the new
share.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI pathName\fR - path to an **existing**
directory on disk.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI comment\fR - comment string to associate
with the new share.
.RE
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
This parameter is only used for add file shares. To add printer shares,
see the \fI addprinter
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
command\fR .
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
See also \fI change share
command\fR , \fI delete share
command\fR .
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
Default: \fB none\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
Example: \fB add share command = /usr/local/bin/addshare\fR
.TP
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fB add machine script (G)\fR
This is the full pathname to a script that will
be run by smbd(8)when a machine is added
to it's domain using the administrator username and password method.
This option is only required when using sam back-ends tied to the
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Unix uid method of RID calculation such as smbpasswd. This option is only
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
available in Samba 3.0.
Default: \fB add machine script = <empty string>
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
Example: \fB add machine script = /usr/sbin/adduser -n -g machines -c Machine -d /dev/null -s /bin/false %u
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
\fB ads server (G)\fR
If this option is specified, samba does
not try to figure out what ads server to use itself, but
uses the specified ads server. Either one DNS name or IP
address can be used.
Default: \fB ads server = \fR
Example: \fB ads server = 192.168.1.2\fR
.TP
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
\fB add user script (G)\fR
This is the full pathname to a script that will
be run \fB AS ROOT\fR by smbd(8)
under special circumstances described below.
Normally, a Samba server requires that UNIX users are
created for all users accessing files on this server. For sites
that use Windows NT account databases as their primary user database
creating these users and keeping the user list in sync with the
Windows NT PDC is an onerous task. This option allows smbdto create the required UNIX users
\fB ON DEMAND\fR when a user accesses the Samba server.
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
In order to use this option, smbd
2002-02-19 16:47:59 +00:00
must \fB NOT\fR be set to \fI security = share\fR
and \fI add user script\fR
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
must be set to a full pathname for a script that will create a UNIX
user given one argument of \fI %u\fR , which expands into
the UNIX user name to create.
When the Windows user attempts to access the Samba server,
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
at login (session setup in the SMB protocol) time, smbdcontacts the \fI password server\fR and
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
attempts to authenticate the given user with the given password. If the
authentication succeeds then \fB smbd\fR
attempts to find a UNIX user in the UNIX password database to map the
Windows user into. If this lookup fails, and \fI add user script
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR is set then \fB smbd\fR will
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
call the specified script \fB AS ROOT\fR , expanding
any \fI %u\fR argument to be the user name to create.
If this script successfully creates the user then \fB smbd
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR will continue on as though the UNIX user
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
already existed. In this way, UNIX users are dynamically created to
match existing Windows NT accounts.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also \fI security\fR , \fI password server\fR ,
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
\fI delete user
script\fR .
Default: \fB add user script = <empty string>
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
Example: \fB add user script = /usr/local/samba/bin/add_user
%u\fR
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
.TP
\fB add group script (G)\fR
This is the full pathname to a script that will
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
be run \fB AS ROOT\fR by smbd(8)when a new group is requested. It will expand any \fI %g\fR to the group name passed. This script is only useful for installations using the Windows NT domain administration tools.
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB admin users (S)\fR
This is a list of users who will be granted
administrative privileges on the share. This means that they
will do all file operations as the super-user (root).
You should use this option very carefully, as any user in
this list will be able to do anything they like on the share,
irrespective of file permissions.
Default: \fB no admin users\fR
Example: \fB admin users = jason\fR
.TP
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB add user to group script (G)\fR
Full path to the script that will be called when
a user is added to a group using the Windows NT domain administration
tools. It will be run by smbd(8)
\fB AS ROOT\fR . Any \fI %g\fR will be
replaced with the group name and any \fI %u\fR will
be replaced with the user name.
Default: \fB add user to group script = \fR
Example: \fB add user to group script = /usr/sbin/adduser %u %g\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB allow hosts (S)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Synonym for \fI hosts allow\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
2002-04-16 16:52:20 +00:00
\fB algorithmic rid base (G)\fR
This determines how Samba will use its
algorithmic mapping from uids/gid to the RIDs needed to construct
NT Security Identifiers.
Setting this option to a larger value could be useful to sites
transitioning from WinNT and Win2k, as existing user and
group rids would otherwise clash with sytem users etc.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
All UIDs and GIDs must be able to be resolved into SIDs for
the correct operation of ACLs on the server. As such the algorithmic
2002-04-16 16:52:20 +00:00
mapping can't be 'turned off', but pushing it 'out of the way' should
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
resolve the issues. Users and groups can then be assigned 'low' RIDs
2002-04-16 16:52:20 +00:00
in arbitary-rid supporting backends.
Default: \fB algorithmic rid base = 1000\fR
Example: \fB algorithmic rid base = 100000\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB allow trusted domains (G)\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
This option only takes effect when the \fI security\fR option is set to
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
server or domain.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If it is set to no, then attempts to connect to a resource from
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
a domain or workgroup other than the one which smbdis running
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
in will fail, even if that domain is trusted by the remote server
doing the authentication.
This is useful if you only want your Samba server to
serve resources to users in the domain it is a member of. As
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
an example, suppose that there are two domains DOMA and DOMB. DOMB
is trusted by DOMA, which contains the Samba server. Under normal
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
circumstances, a user with an account in DOMB can then access the
resources of a UNIX account with the same account name on the
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Samba server even if they do not have an account in DOMA. This
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
can make implementing a security boundary difficult.
Default: \fB allow trusted domains = yes\fR
.TP
\fB announce as (G)\fR
This specifies what type of server
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fB nmbd\fR
will announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
list. By default this is set to Windows NT. The valid options
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
are : "NT Server" (which can also be written as "NT"),
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
"NT Workstation", "Win95" or "WfW" meaning Windows NT Server,
Windows NT Workstation, Windows 95 and Windows for Workgroups
respectively. Do not change this parameter unless you have a
specific need to stop Samba appearing as an NT server as this
may prevent Samba servers from participating as browser servers
correctly.
Default: \fB announce as = NT Server\fR
Example: \fB announce as = Win95\fR
.TP
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fB announce version (G)\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This specifies the major and minor version numbers
that nmbd will use when announcing itself as a server. The default
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
is 4.2. Do not change this parameter unless you have a specific
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
need to set a Samba server to be a downlevel server.
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
Default: \fB announce version = 4.5\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB announce version = 2.0\fR
.TP
\fB auto services (G)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
This is a synonym for the \fI preload\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
2002-01-24 17:04:30 +00:00
\fB auth methods (G)\fR
This option allows the administrator to chose what
authentication methods \fB smbd\fR will use when authenticating
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
a user. This option defaults to sensible values based on \fI security\fR .
2002-01-24 17:04:30 +00:00
Each entry in the list attempts to authenticate the user in turn, until
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
the user authenticates. In practice only one method will ever actually
2002-01-24 17:04:30 +00:00
be able to complete the authentication.
Default: \fB auth methods = <empty string>\fR
Example: \fB auth methods = guest sam ntdomain\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB available (S)\fR
This parameter lets you "turn off" a service. If
\fI available = no\fR , then \fB ALL\fR
attempts to connect to the service will fail. Such failures are
logged.
Default: \fB available = yes\fR
.TP
\fB bind interfaces only (G)\fR
This global parameter allows the Samba admin
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
to limit what interfaces on a machine will serve SMB requests. If
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
affects file service smbd(8)and
name service nmbd(8)in slightly
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
different ways.
For name service it causes \fB nmbd\fR to bind
to ports 137 and 138 on the interfaces listed in the interfaces parameter. \fB nmbd
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR also binds to the "all addresses" interface (0.0.0.0)
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
on ports 137 and 138 for the purposes of reading broadcast messages.
If this option is not set then \fB nmbd\fR will service
name requests on all of these sockets. If \fI bind interfaces
only\fR is set then \fB nmbd\fR will check the
source address of any packets coming in on the broadcast sockets
and discard any that don't match the broadcast addresses of the
interfaces in the \fI interfaces\fR parameter list.
As unicast packets are received on the other sockets it allows
\fB nmbd\fR to refuse to serve names to machines that
send packets that arrive through any interfaces not listed in the
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI interfaces\fR list. IP Source address spoofing
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
does defeat this simple check, however so it must not be used
seriously as a security feature for \fB nmbd\fR .
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
For file service it causes smbd(8)
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
to bind only to the interface list given in the interfaces parameter. This restricts the networks that
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB smbd\fR will serve to packets coming in those
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
interfaces. Note that you should not use this parameter for machines
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
that are serving PPP or other intermittent or non-broadcast network
interfaces as it will not cope with non-permanent interfaces.
If \fI bind interfaces only\fR is set then
unless the network address \fB 127.0.0.1\fR is added
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
to the \fI interfaces\fR parameter list \fB smbpasswd(8)\fR
and \fB swat(8)\fR may
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
not work as expected due to the reasons covered below.
To change a users SMB password, the \fB smbpasswd\fR
by default connects to the \fB localhost - 127.0.0.1\fR
address as an SMB client to issue the password change request. If
\fI bind interfaces only\fR is set then unless the
network address \fB 127.0.0.1\fR is added to the
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fI interfaces\fR parameter list then \fB smbpasswd\fR will fail to connect in it's default mode.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB smbpasswd\fR can be forced to use the primary IP interface
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
of the local host by using its \fI -r remote machine\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
parameter, with \fI remote machine\fR set
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
to the IP name of the primary interface of the local host.
The \fB swat\fR status page tries to connect with
\fB smbd\fR and \fB nmbd\fR at the address
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB 127.0.0.1\fR to determine if they are running.
Not adding \fB 127.0.0.1\fR will cause \fB smbd\fR and \fB nmbd\fR to always show
"not running" even if they really are. This can prevent \fB swat\fR from starting/stopping/restarting \fB smbd\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
and \fB nmbd\fR .
Default: \fB bind interfaces only = no\fR
.TP
\fB blocking locks (S)\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
This parameter controls the behavior of smbd(8)when given a request by a client
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
to obtain a byte range lock on a region of an open file, and the
request has a time limit associated with it.
If this parameter is set and the lock range requested
cannot be immediately satisfied, Samba 2.2 will internally
queue the lock request, and periodically attempt to obtain
the lock until the timeout period expires.
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
If this parameter is set to false, then
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Samba 2.2 will behave as previous versions of Samba would and
will fail the lock request immediately if the lock range
cannot be obtained.
Default: \fB blocking locks = yes\fR
.TP
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB block size (S)\fR
This parameter controls the behavior of
smbd(8)when reporting disk free
sizes. By default, this reports a disk block size of 1024 bytes.
Changing this parameter may have some effect on the
efficiency of client writes, this is not yet confirmed. This
parameter was added to allow advanced administrators to change
it (usually to a higher value) and test the effect it has on
client write performance without re-compiling the code. As this
is an experimental option it may be removed in a future release.
Changing this option does not change the disk free reporting
size, just the block size unit reported to the client.
Default: \fB block size = 1024\fR
Example: \fB block size = 65536\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB browsable (S)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See the \fI browseable\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB browse list (G)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
This controls whether \fB smbd(8)\fR will serve a browse list to
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
a client doing a \fB NetServerEnum\fR call. Normally
set to true. You should never need to change
this.
Default: \fB browse list = yes\fR
.TP
\fB browseable (S)\fR
This controls whether this share is seen in
the list of available shares in a net view and in the browse list.
Default: \fB browseable = yes\fR
.TP
\fB case sensitive (S)\fR
See the discussion in the section NAME MANGLING.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB case sensitive = no\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB casesignames (S)\fR
Synonym for case
sensitive.
.TP
\fB change notify timeout (G)\fR
This SMB allows a client to tell a server to
"watch" a particular directory for any changes and only reply to
the SMB request when a change has occurred. Such constant scanning of
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
a directory is expensive under UNIX, hence an \fB smbd(8)\fR daemon only performs such a scan
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
on each requested directory once every \fI change notify
timeout\fR seconds.
Default: \fB change notify timeout = 60\fR
Example: \fB change notify timeout = 300\fR
Would change the scan time to every 5 minutes.
.TP
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
\fB change share command (G)\fR
Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server Manager. The
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
\fI change share command\fR is used to define an
external program or script which will modify an existing service definition
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
in \fI smb.conf\fR . In order to successfully
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
execute the \fI change share command\fR , \fB smbd\fR
requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e.
uid == 0).
When executed, \fB smbd\fR will automatically invoke the
\fI change share command\fR with four parameters.
.RS
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI configFile\fR - the location
of the global \fI smb.conf\fR file.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI shareName\fR - the name of the new
share.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI pathName\fR - path to an **existing**
directory on disk.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI comment\fR - comment string to associate
with the new share.
.RE
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
This parameter is only used modify existing file shares definitions. To modify
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
printer shares, use the "Printers..." folder as seen when browsing the Samba host.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
See also \fI add share
command\fR , \fI delete
share command\fR .
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
Default: \fB none\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
Example: \fB change share command = /usr/local/bin/addshare\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB comment (S)\fR
This is a text field that is seen next to a share
when a client does a queries the server, either via the network
neighborhood or via \fB net view\fR to list what shares
are available.
If you want to set the string that is displayed next to the
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
machine name then see the \fI server string\fR parameter.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB No comment string\fR
Example: \fB comment = Fred's Files\fR
.TP
\fB config file (G)\fR
This allows you to override the config file
to use, instead of the default (usually \fI smb.conf\fR ).
There is a chicken and egg problem here as this option is set
in the config file!
For this reason, if the name of the config file has changed
when the parameters are loaded then it will reload them from
the new config file.
This option takes the usual substitutions, which can
be very useful.
If the config file doesn't exist then it won't be loaded
(allowing you to special case the config files of just a few
clients).
Example: \fB config file = /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB copy (S)\fR
This parameter allows you to "clone" service
entries. The specified service is simply duplicated under the
current service's name. Any parameters specified in the current
section will override those in the section being copied.
This feature lets you set up a 'template' service and
create similar services easily. Note that the service being
copied must occur earlier in the configuration file than the
service doing the copying.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB no value\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB copy = otherservice\fR
.TP
\fB create mask (S)\fR
A synonym for this parameter is
\fI create mode\fR
\& .
When a file is created, the necessary permissions are
calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to UNIX
permissions, and the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed
with this parameter. This parameter may be thought of as a bit-wise
MASK for the UNIX modes of a file. Any bit \fB not\fR
set here will be removed from the modes set on a file when it is
created.
The default value of this parameter removes the
\& 'group' and 'other' write and execute bits from the UNIX modes.
Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode created
from this parameter with the value of the \fI force create mode\fR
parameter which is set to 000 by default.
This parameter does not affect directory modes. See the
parameter \fI directory mode
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR for details.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
See also the \fI force
create mode\fR parameter for forcing particular mode
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
bits to be set on created files. See also the \fI directory mode\fR parameter for masking
mode bits on created directories. See also the \fI inherit permissions\fR parameter.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
Note that this parameter does not apply to permissions
set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the administrator wishes to enforce
a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the \fI security mask\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB create mask = 0744\fR
Example: \fB create mask = 0775\fR
.TP
\fB create mode (S)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
This is a synonym for \fI create mask\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
2002-04-25 02:15:18 +00:00
\fB csc policy (S)\fR
This stands for \fB client-side caching
policy\fR , and specifies how clients capable of offline
caching will cache the files in the share. The valid values
are: manual, documents, programs, disable.
These values correspond to those used on Windows
servers.
For example, shares containing roaming profiles can have
offline caching disabled using \fB csc policy = disable
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR .
2002-04-25 02:15:18 +00:00
Default: \fB csc policy = manual\fR
Example: \fB csc policy = programs\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB deadtime (G)\fR
The value of the parameter (a decimal integer)
represents the number of minutes of inactivity before a connection
is considered dead, and it is disconnected. The deadtime only takes
effect if the number of open files is zero.
This is useful to stop a server's resources being
exhausted by a large number of inactive connections.
Most clients have an auto-reconnect feature when a
connection is broken so in most cases this parameter should be
transparent to users.
Using this parameter with a timeout of a few minutes
is recommended for most systems.
A deadtime of zero indicates that no auto-disconnection
should be performed.
Default: \fB deadtime = 0\fR
Example: \fB deadtime = 15\fR
.TP
\fB debug hires timestamp (G)\fR
Sometimes the timestamps in the log messages
are needed with a resolution of higher that seconds, this
boolean parameter adds microsecond resolution to the timestamp
message header when turned on.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Note that the parameter \fI debug timestamp\fR must be on for this to have an
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
effect.
Default: \fB debug hires timestamp = no\fR
.TP
\fB debug pid (G)\fR
When using only one log file for more then one
forked smbd-process there may be hard to follow which process
outputs which message. This boolean parameter is adds the process-id
to the timestamp message headers in the logfile when turned on.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Note that the parameter \fI debug timestamp\fR must be on for this to have an
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
effect.
Default: \fB debug pid = no\fR
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB debug timestamp (G)\fR
Samba 2.2 debug log messages are timestamped
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
by default. If you are running at a high \fI debug level\fR these timestamps
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
can be distracting. This boolean parameter allows timestamping
to be turned off.
Default: \fB debug timestamp = yes\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB debug uid (G)\fR
Samba is sometimes run as root and sometime
run as the connected user, this boolean parameter inserts the
current euid, egid, uid and gid to the timestamp message headers
in the log file if turned on.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Note that the parameter \fI debug timestamp\fR must be on for this to have an
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
effect.
Default: \fB debug uid = no\fR
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB debuglevel (G)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Synonym for \fI log level\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB default (G)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
A synonym for \fI default service\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB default case (S)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See the section on NAME MANGLING. Also note the \fI short preserve case\fR parameter.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB default case = lower\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
2002-01-27 05:37:23 +00:00
\fB default devmode (S)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
This parameter is only applicable to printable services. When smbd is serving
2002-01-27 05:37:23 +00:00
Printer Drivers to Windows NT/2k/XP clients, each printer on the Samba
server has a Device Mode which defines things such as paper size and
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
orientation and duplex settings. The device mode can only correctly be
2002-01-27 05:37:23 +00:00
generated by the printer driver itself (which can only be executed on a
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Win32 platform). Because smbd is unable to execute the driver code
2002-01-27 05:37:23 +00:00
to generate the device mode, the default behavior is to set this field
to NULL.
Most problems with serving printer drivers to Windows NT/2k/XP clients
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
can be traced to a problem with the generated device mode. Certain drivers
2002-01-27 05:37:23 +00:00
will do things such as crashing the client's Explorer.exe with a NULL devmode.
However, other printer drivers can cause the client's spooler service
(spoolsv.exe) to die if the devmode was not created by the driver itself
(i.e. smbd generates a default devmode).
This parameter should be used with care and tested with the printer
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
driver in question. It is better to leave the device mode to NULL
and let the Windows client set the correct values. Because drivers do not
2002-01-27 05:37:23 +00:00
do this all the time, setting \fB default devmode = yes\fR
will instruct smbd to generate a default one.
For more information on Windows NT/2k printing and Device Modes,
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
see the MSDN documentation.
2002-01-27 05:37:23 +00:00
Default: \fB default devmode = no\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB default service (G)\fR
2002-01-27 05:37:23 +00:00
This parameter specifies the name of a service
which will be connected to if the service actually requested cannot
be found. Note that the square brackets are \fB NOT\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
given in the parameter value (see example below).
There is no default value for this parameter. If this
parameter is not given, attempting to connect to a nonexistent
service results in an error.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Typically the default service would be a \fI guest ok\fR , \fI read-only\fR service.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Also note that the apparent service name will be changed
to equal that of the requested service, this is very useful as it
allows you to use macros like \fI %S\fR to make
a wildcard service.
Note also that any "_" characters in the name of the service
used in the default service will get mapped to a "/". This allows for
interesting things.
Example:
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.nf
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
[global]
default service = pub
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
[pub]
path = /%S
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.fi
.TP
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB delete group script (G)\fR
This is the full pathname to a script that will
be run \fB AS ROOT\fR by smbd(8)when a group is requested to be deleted. It will expand any \fI %g\fR to the group name passed. This script is only useful for installations using the Windows NT domain administration tools.
.TP
\fB deleteprinter command (G)\fR
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer
support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, it is now
possible to delete printer at run time by issuing the
DeletePrinter() RPC call.
For a Samba host this means that the printer must be
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
physically deleted from underlying printing system. The \fI deleteprinter command\fR defines a script to be run which
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
will perform the necessary operations for removing the printer
from the print system and from \fI smb.conf\fR .
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
The \fI deleteprinter command\fR is
automatically called with only one parameter: \fI "printer name"\fR .
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Once the \fI deleteprinter command\fR has
been executed, \fB smbd\fR will reparse the \fI smb.conf\fR to associated printer no longer exists.
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
If the sharename is still valid, then \fB smbd
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client.
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also \fI addprinter command\fR , \fI printing\fR ,
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
\fI show add
printer wizard\fR
Default: \fB none\fR
Example: \fB deleteprinter command = /usr/bin/removeprinter
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB delete readonly (S)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
This is not normal DOS semantics, but is allowed by UNIX.
This option may be useful for running applications such
as rcs, where UNIX file ownership prevents changing file
permissions, and DOS semantics prevent deletion of a read only file.
Default: \fB delete readonly = no\fR
.TP
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
\fB delete share command (G)\fR
Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server Manager. The
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
\fI delete share command\fR is used to define an
external program or script which will remove an existing service
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
definition from \fI smb.conf\fR . In order to successfully
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
execute the \fI delete share command\fR , \fB smbd\fR
requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e.
uid == 0).
When executed, \fB smbd\fR will automatically invoke the
\fI delete share command\fR with two parameters.
.RS
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI configFile\fR - the location
of the global \fI smb.conf\fR file.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI shareName\fR - the name of
the existing service.
.RE
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
This parameter is only used to remove file shares. To delete printer shares,
see the \fI deleteprinter
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
command\fR .
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
See also \fI add share
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
command\fR , \fI change
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
share command\fR .
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
Default: \fB none\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
Example: \fB delete share command = /usr/local/bin/delshare\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB delete user script (G)\fR
This is the full pathname to a script that will
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
be run by \fB smbd(8)\fR
when managing user's with remote RPC (NT) tools.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
This script is called when a remote client removes a user
from the server, normally using 'User Manager for Domains' or
\fB rpcclient\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
This script should delete the given UNIX username.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB delete user script = <empty string>
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB delete user script = /usr/local/samba/bin/del_user
%u\fR
.TP
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB delete user from group script (G)\fR
Full path to the script that will be called when
a user is removed from a group using the Windows NT domain administration
tools. It will be run by smbd(8)
\fB AS ROOT\fR . Any \fI %g\fR will be
replaced with the group name and any \fI %u\fR will
be replaced with the user name.
Default: \fB delete user from group script = \fR
Example: \fB delete user from group script = /usr/sbin/deluser %u %g\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB delete veto files (S)\fR
This option is used when Samba is attempting to
delete a directory that contains one or more vetoed directories
(see the \fI veto files\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
option). If this option is set to false (the default) then if a vetoed
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
directory contains any non-vetoed files or directories then the
directory delete will fail. This is usually what you want.
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
If this option is set to true, then Samba
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
will attempt to recursively delete any files and directories within
the vetoed directory. This can be useful for integration with file
serving systems such as NetAtalk which create meta-files within
directories you might normally veto DOS/Windows users from seeing
(e.g. \fI .AppleDouble\fR )
Setting \fB delete veto files = yes\fR allows these
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
directories to be transparently deleted when the parent directory
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
is deleted (so long as the user has permissions to do so).
See also the \fI veto
files\fR parameter.
Default: \fB delete veto files = no\fR
.TP
\fB deny hosts (S)\fR
Synonym for \fI hosts
deny\fR .
.TP
\fB dfree command (G)\fR
The \fI dfree command\fR setting should
only be used on systems where a problem occurs with the internal
disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix,
but may occur with other operating systems. The symptom that was
seen was an error of "Abort Retry Ignore" at the end of each
directory listing.
This setting allows the replacement of the internal routines to
calculate the total disk space and amount available with an external
routine. The example below gives a possible script that might fulfill
this function.
The external program will be passed a single parameter indicating
a directory in the filesystem being queried. This will typically consist
of the string \fI ./\fR . The script should return two
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
integers in ASCII. The first should be the total disk space in blocks,
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
and the second should be the number of available blocks. An optional
third return value can give the block size in bytes. The default
blocksize is 1024 bytes.
Note: Your script should \fB NOT\fR be setuid or
setgid and should be owned by (and writeable only by) root!
Default: \fB By default internal routines for
determining the disk capacity and remaining space will be used.
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB dfree command = /usr/local/samba/bin/dfree
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Where the script dfree (which must be made executable) could be:
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.nf
#!/bin/sh
df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}'
.fi
or perhaps (on Sys V based systems):
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.nf
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
#!/bin/sh
/usr/bin/df -k $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $3" "$5}'
.fi
Note that you may have to replace the command names
with full path names on some systems.
.TP
\fB directory (S)\fR
Synonym for \fI path
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB directory mask (S)\fR
This parameter is the octal modes which are
used when converting DOS modes to UNIX modes when creating UNIX
directories.
When a directory is created, the necessary permissions are
calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to UNIX permissions,
and the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed with this
parameter. This parameter may be thought of as a bit-wise MASK for
the UNIX modes of a directory. Any bit \fB not\fR set
here will be removed from the modes set on a directory when it is
created.
The default value of this parameter removes the 'group'
and 'other' write bits from the UNIX mode, allowing only the
user who owns the directory to modify it.
Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode
created from this parameter with the value of the \fI force directory mode
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR parameter. This parameter is set to 000 by
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
default (i.e. no extra mode bits are added).
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
Note that this parameter does not apply to permissions
set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the administrator wishes to enforce
a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the \fI directory security mask\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
See the \fI force
directory mode\fR parameter to cause particular mode
bits to always be set on created directories.
See also the \fI create mode
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR parameter for masking mode bits on created files,
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
and the \fI directory
security mask\fR parameter.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Also refer to the \fI inherit permissions\fR parameter.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB directory mask = 0755\fR
Example: \fB directory mask = 0775\fR
.TP
\fB directory mode (S)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Synonym for \fI directory mask\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB directory security mask (S)\fR
This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits
can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX
permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog
box.
This parameter is applied as a mask (AND'ed with) to
the changed permission bits, thus preventing any bits not in
this mask from being modified. Essentially, zero bits in this
mask may be treated as a set of bits the user is not allowed
to change.
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
If not set explicitly this parameter is set to 0777
meaning a user is allowed to modify all the user/group/world
permissions on a directory.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB Note\fR that users who can access the
Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction,
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems.
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
Administrators of most normal systems will probably want to leave
it as the default of 0777.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also the \fI force directory security mode\fR , \fI security mask\fR ,
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fI force security mode
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR parameters.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
Default: \fB directory security mask = 0777\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
Example: \fB directory security mask = 0700\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB disable netbios (G)\fR
Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support
in Samba. Netbios is the only available form of browsing in
all windows versions except for 2000 and XP.
Note that clients that only support netbios won't be able to
see your samba server when netbios support is disabled.
Default: \fB disable netbios = no\fR
Example: \fB disable netbios = yes\fR
.TP
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fB disable spoolss (G)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
for the SPOOLSS set of MS-RPC's and will yield identical behavior
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
as Samba 2.0.x. Windows NT/2000 clients will downgrade to using
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
Lanman style printing commands. Windows 9x/ME will be uneffected by
the parameter. However, this will also disable the ability to upload
printer drivers to a Samba server via the Windows NT Add Printer
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Wizard or by using the NT printer properties dialog window. It will
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
also disable the capability of Windows NT/2000 clients to download
print drivers from the Samba host upon demand.
\fB Be very careful about enabling this parameter.\fR
See also use client driver
Default : \fB disable spoolss = no\fR
.TP
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB display charset (G)\fR
Specifies the charset that samba will use
to print messages to stdout and stderr and SWAT will use.
Should generally be the same as the \fB unix charset\fR .
Default: \fB display charset = ASCII\fR
Example: \fB display charset = UTF8\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB dns proxy (G)\fR
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
Specifies that nmbd(8)
when acting as a WINS server and finding that a NetBIOS name has not
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
been registered, should treat the NetBIOS name word-for-word as a DNS
name and do a lookup with the DNS server for that name on behalf of
the name-querying client.
Note that the maximum length for a NetBIOS name is 15
characters, so the DNS name (or DNS alias) can likewise only be
15 characters, maximum.
\fB nmbd\fR spawns a second copy of itself to do the
DNS name lookup requests, as doing a name lookup is a blocking
action.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also the parameter \fI wins support\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB dns proxy = yes\fR
.TP
\fB domain admin group (G)\fR
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
This parameter is intended as a temporary solution
to enable users to be a member of the "Domain Admins" group when
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
a Samba host is acting as a PDC. A complete solution will be provided
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
by a system for mapping Windows NT/2000 groups onto UNIX groups.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Please note that this parameter has a somewhat confusing name. It
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
accepts a list of usernames and of group names in standard
\fI smb.conf\fR notation.
See also \fI domain
guest group\fR , \fI domain
logons\fR
Default: \fB no domain administrators\fR
Example: \fB domain admin group = root @wheel\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB domain guest group (G)\fR
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
This parameter is intended as a temporary solution
to enable users to be a member of the "Domain Guests" group when
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
a Samba host is acting as a PDC. A complete solution will be provided
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
by a system for mapping Windows NT/2000 groups onto UNIX groups.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Please note that this parameter has a somewhat confusing name. It
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
accepts a list of usernames and of group names in standard
\fI smb.conf\fR notation.
See also \fI domain
admin group\fR , \fI domain
logons\fR
Default: \fB no domain guests\fR
Example: \fB domain guest group = nobody @guest\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB domain logons (G)\fR
If set to true, the Samba server will serve
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Windows 95/98 Domain logons for the \fI workgroup\fR it is in. Samba 2.2 also
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
has limited capability to act as a domain controller for Windows
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
NT 4 Domains. For more details on setting up this feature see
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
the Samba-PDC-HOWTO included in the \fI htmldocs/\fR
directory shipped with the source code.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB domain logons = no\fR
.TP
\fB domain master (G)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Tell \fB nmbd(8)\fR to enable WAN-wide browse list
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
collation. Setting this option causes \fB nmbd\fR to
claim a special domain specific NetBIOS name that identifies
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
it as a domain master browser for its given \fI workgroup\fR . Local master browsers
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
in the same \fI workgroup\fR on broadcast-isolated
subnets will give this \fB nmbd\fR their local browse lists,
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
and then ask \fB smbd(8)\fR
for a complete copy of the browse list for the whole wide area
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
network. Browser clients will then contact their local master browser,
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
and will receive the domain-wide browse list, instead of just the list
for their broadcast-isolated subnet.
Note that Windows NT Primary Domain Controllers expect to be
able to claim this \fI workgroup\fR specific special
NetBIOS name that identifies them as domain master browsers for
that \fI workgroup\fR by default (i.e. there is no
way to prevent a Windows NT PDC from attempting to do this). This
means that if this parameter is set and \fB nmbd\fR claims
the special name for a \fI workgroup\fR before a Windows
NT PDC is able to do so then cross subnet browsing will behave
strangely and may fail.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
If \fB domain logons = yes\fR
, then the default behavior is to enable the \fI domain
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
master\fR parameter. If \fI domain logons\fR is
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
not enabled (the default setting), then neither will \fI domain
master\fR be enabled by default.
Default: \fB domain master = auto\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB dont descend (S)\fR
There are certain directories on some systems
(e.g., the \fI /proc\fR tree under Linux) that are either not
of interest to clients or are infinitely deep (recursive). This
parameter allows you to specify a comma-delimited list of directories
that the server should always show as empty.
Note that Samba can be very fussy about the exact format
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
of the "dont descend" entries. For example you may need \fI ./proc\fR instead of just \fI /proc\fR .
Experimentation is the best policy :-)
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB none (i.e., all directories are OK
to descend)\fR
Example: \fB dont descend = /proc,/dev\fR
.TP
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB dos charset (G)\fR
DOS SMB clients assume the server has
the same charset as they do. This option specifies which
charset Samba should talk to DOS clients.
The default depends on which charsets you have instaled.
Samba tries to use charset 850 but falls back to ASCII in
case it is not available. Run testparm(1)
to check the default on your system.
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB dos filemode (S)\fR
The default behavior in Samba is to provide
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
UNIX-like behavior where only the owner of a file/directory is
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
able to change the permissions on it. However, this behavior
is often confusing to DOS/Windows users. Enabling this parameter
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
allows a user who has write access to the file (by whatever
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
means) to modify the permissions on it. Note that a user
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
belonging to the group owning the file will not be allowed to
change permissions if the group is only granted read access.
Ownership of the file/directory is not changed, only the permissions
are modified.
Default: \fB dos filemode = no\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB dos filetime resolution (S)\fR
Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest
granularity on time resolution is two seconds. Setting this parameter
for a share causes Samba to round the reported time down to the
nearest two second boundary when a query call that requires one second
resolution is made to \fB smbd(8)\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for Visual
C++ when used against Samba shares. If oplocks are enabled on a
share, Visual C++ uses two different time reading calls to check if a
file has changed since it was last read. One of these calls uses a
one-second granularity, the other uses a two second granularity. As
the two second call rounds any odd second down, then if the file has a
timestamp of an odd number of seconds then the two timestamps will not
match and Visual C++ will keep reporting the file has changed. Setting
this option causes the two timestamps to match, and Visual C++ is
happy.
Default: \fB dos filetime resolution = no\fR
.TP
\fB dos filetimes (S)\fR
Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a
file they can change the timestamp on it. Under POSIX semantics,
only the owner of the file or root may change the timestamp. By
default, Samba runs with POSIX semantics and refuses to change the
timestamp on a file if the user \fB smbd\fR is acting
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
on behalf of is not the file owner. Setting this option to true allows DOS semantics and smbdwill change the file
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
timestamp as DOS requires.
Default: \fB dos filetimes = no\fR
.TP
\fB encrypt passwords (G)\fR
This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords
will be negotiated with the client. Note that Windows NT 4.0 SP3 and
above and also Windows 98 will by default expect encrypted passwords
unless a registry entry is changed. To use encrypted passwords in
Samba see the file ENCRYPTION.txt in the Samba documentation
directory \fI docs/\fR shipped with the source code.
In order for encrypted passwords to work correctly
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB smbd(8)\fR must either
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
have access to a local \fI smbpasswd(5)
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fR program for information on how to set up
2002-01-24 17:04:30 +00:00
and maintain this file), or set the security = [server|domain|ads] parameter which
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
causes \fB smbd\fR to authenticate against another
server.
2002-01-05 03:52:39 +00:00
Default: \fB encrypt passwords = yes\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB enhanced browsing (G)\fR
This option enables a couple of enhancements to
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
cross-subnet browse propagation that have been added in Samba
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
but which are not standard in Microsoft implementations.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
The first enhancement to browse propagation consists of a regular
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
wildcard query to a Samba WINS server for all Domain Master Browsers,
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
followed by a browse synchronization with each of the returned
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
DMBs. The second enhancement consists of a regular randomised browse
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
synchronization with all currently known DMBs.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
You may wish to disable this option if you have a problem with empty
workgroups not disappearing from browse lists. Due to the restrictions
of the browse protocols these enhancements can cause a empty workgroup
to stay around forever which can be annoying.
In general you should leave this option enabled as it makes
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
cross-subnet browse propagation much more reliable.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB enhanced browsing = yes\fR
.TP
\fB enumports command (G)\fR
The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
to UNIX hosts. Under Windows NT/2000 print servers, a port
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
is associated with a port monitor and generally takes the form of
a local port (i.e. LPT1:, COM1:, FILE:) or a remote port
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
(i.e. LPD Port Monitor, etc...). By default, Samba has only one
port defined--"Samba Printer Port". Under
Windows NT/2000, all printers must have a valid port name.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
If you wish to have a list of ports displayed (\fB smbd
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR does not use a port name for anything) other than
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
the default "Samba Printer Port", you
can define \fI enumports command\fR to point to
a program which should generate a list of ports, one per line,
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
to standard output. This listing will then be used in response
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
to the level 1 and 2 EnumPorts() RPC.
Default: \fB no enumports command\fR
Example: \fB enumports command = /usr/bin/listports
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB exec (S)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
This is a synonym for \fI preexec\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB fake directory create times (S)\fR
NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create
time for all files and directories. This is not the same as the
ctime - status change time - that Unix keeps, so Samba by default
reports the earliest of the various times Unix does keep. Setting
this parameter for a share causes Samba to always report midnight
1-1-1980 as the create time for directories.
This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for
Visual C++ when used against Samba shares. Visual C++ generated
makefiles have the object directory as a dependency for each object
file, and a make rule to create the directory. Also, when NMAKE
compares timestamps it uses the creation time when examining a
directory. Thus the object directory will be created if it does not
exist, but once it does exist it will always have an earlier
timestamp than the object files it contains.
However, Unix time semantics mean that the create time
reported by Samba will be updated whenever a file is created or
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
or deleted in the directory. NMAKE finds all object files in
the object directory. The timestamp of the last one built is then
compared to the timestamp of the object directory. If the
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
directory's timestamp if newer, then all object files
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
will be rebuilt. Enabling this option
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
ensures directories always predate their contents and an NMAKE build
will proceed as expected.
Default: \fB fake directory create times = no\fR
.TP
\fB fake oplocks (S)\fR
Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission
from a server to locally cache file operations. If a server grants
an oplock (opportunistic lock) then the client is free to assume
that it is the only one accessing the file and it will aggressively
cache file data. With some oplock types the client may even cache
file open/close operations. This can give enormous performance benefits.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
When you set \fB fake oplocks = yes\fR , \fB smbd(8)\fR will
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
always grant oplock requests no matter how many clients are using
the file.
It is generally much better to use the real \fI oplocks\fR support rather
than this parameter.
If you enable this option on all read-only shares or
shares that you know will only be accessed from one client at a
time such as physically read-only media like CDROMs, you will see
a big performance improvement on many operations. If you enable
this option on shares where multiple clients may be accessing the
files read-write at the same time you can get data corruption. Use
this option carefully!
Default: \fB fake oplocks = no\fR
.TP
\fB follow symlinks (S)\fR
This parameter allows the Samba administrator
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
to stop \fB smbd(8)\fR
from following symbolic links in a particular share. Setting this
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
parameter to no prevents any file or directory
that is a symbolic link from being followed (the user will get an
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
error). This option is very useful to stop users from adding a
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
symbolic link to \fI /etc/passwd\fR in their home
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
directory for instance. However it will slow filename lookups
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
down slightly.
This option is enabled (i.e. \fB smbd\fR will
follow symbolic links) by default.
Default: \fB follow symlinks = yes\fR
.TP
\fB force create mode (S)\fR
This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit
permissions that will \fB always\fR be set on a
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
file created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
the mode bits of a file that is being created or having its
permissions changed. The default for this parameter is (in octal)
000. The modes in this parameter are bitwise 'OR'ed onto the file
mode after the mask set in the \fI create mask\fR
parameter is applied.
See also the parameter \fI create
mask\fR for details on masking mode bits on files.
See also the \fI inherit
permissions\fR parameter.
Default: \fB force create mode = 000\fR
Example: \fB force create mode = 0755\fR
would force all created files to have read and execute
permissions set for 'group' and 'other' as well as the
read/write/execute bits set for the 'user'.
.TP
\fB force directory mode (S)\fR
This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit
permissions that will \fB always\fR be set on a directory
created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto the
mode bits of a directory that is being created. The default for this
parameter is (in octal) 0000 which will not add any extra permission
bits to a created directory. This operation is done after the mode
mask in the parameter \fI directory mask\fR is
applied.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also the parameter \fI directory mask\fR for details on masking mode bits
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
on created directories.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also the \fI inherit permissions\fR parameter.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB force directory mode = 000\fR
Example: \fB force directory mode = 0755\fR
would force all created directories to have read and execute
permissions set for 'group' and 'other' as well as the
read/write/execute bits set for the 'user'.
.TP
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB force directory security mode (S)\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits
can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX
permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog box.
This parameter is applied as a mask (OR'ed with) to the
changed permission bits, thus forcing any bits in this mask that
the user may have modified to be on. Essentially, one bits in this
mask may be treated as a set of bits that, when modifying security
on a directory, the user has always set to be 'on'.
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
If not set explicitly this parameter is 000, which
allows a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a
directory without restrictions.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB Note\fR that users who can access the
Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction,
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems.
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
Administrators of most normal systems will probably want to leave
it set as 0000.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also the \fI directory security mask\fR , \fI security mask\fR ,
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fI force security mode
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR parameters.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
Default: \fB force directory security mode = 0\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
Example: \fB force directory security mode = 700\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB force group (S)\fR
This specifies a UNIX group name that will be
assigned as the default primary group for all users connecting
to this service. This is useful for sharing files by ensuring
that all access to files on service will use the named group for
their permissions checking. Thus, by assigning permissions for this
group to the files and directories within this service the Samba
administrator can restrict or allow sharing of these files.
In Samba 2.0.5 and above this parameter has extended
functionality in the following way. If the group name listed here
has a '+' character prepended to it then the current user accessing
the share only has the primary group default assigned to this group
if they are already assigned as a member of that group. This allows
an administrator to decide that only users who are already in a
particular group will create files with group ownership set to that
group. This gives a finer granularity of ownership assignment. For
example, the setting \fI force group = +sys\fR means
that only users who are already in group sys will have their default
primary group assigned to sys when accessing this Samba share. All
other users will retain their ordinary primary group.
If the \fI force user
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR parameter is also set the group specified in
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fI force group\fR will override the primary group
set in \fI force user\fR .
See also \fI force
user\fR .
Default: \fB no forced group\fR
Example: \fB force group = agroup\fR
.TP
\fB force security mode (S)\fR
This parameter controls what UNIX permission
bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating
the UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog
box.
This parameter is applied as a mask (OR'ed with) to the
changed permission bits, thus forcing any bits in this mask that
the user may have modified to be on. Essentially, one bits in this
mask may be treated as a set of bits that, when modifying security
on a file, the user has always set to be 'on'.
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
If not set explicitly this parameter is set to 0,
and allows a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file,
with no restrictions.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB Note\fR that users who can access
the Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction,
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems.
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
Administrators of most normal systems will probably want to leave
this set to 0000.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also the \fI force directory security mode\fR ,
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fI directory security
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
mask\fR , \fI security mask\fR parameters.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
Default: \fB force security mode = 0\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
Example: \fB force security mode = 700\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB force user (S)\fR
This specifies a UNIX user name that will be
assigned as the default user for all users connecting to this service.
This is useful for sharing files. You should also use it carefully
as using it incorrectly can cause security problems.
This user name only gets used once a connection is established.
Thus clients still need to connect as a valid user and supply a
valid password. Once connected, all file operations will be performed
as the "forced user", no matter what username the client connected
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
as. This can be very useful.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
In Samba 2.0.5 and above this parameter also causes the
primary group of the forced user to be used as the primary group
for all file activity. Prior to 2.0.5 the primary group was left
as the primary group of the connecting user (this was a bug).
See also \fI force group
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB no forced user\fR
Example: \fB force user = auser\fR
.TP
\fB fstype (S)\fR
This parameter allows the administrator to
configure the string that specifies the type of filesystem a share
is using that is reported by \fB smbd(8)
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fR when a client queries the filesystem type
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
for a share. The default type is NTFS for
compatibility with Windows NT but this can be changed to other
strings such as Samba or FAT
if required.
Default: \fB fstype = NTFS\fR
Example: \fB fstype = Samba\fR
.TP
\fB getwd cache (G)\fR
This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a
caching algorithm will be used to reduce the time taken for getwd()
calls. This can have a significant impact on performance, especially
when the \fI wide links\fR
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
parameter is set to false.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB getwd cache = yes\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB group (S)\fR
Synonym for \fI force
group\fR .
.TP
\fB guest account (S)\fR
This is a username which will be used for access
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
to services which are specified as \fI guest ok\fR (see below). Whatever privileges this
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
user has will be available to any client connecting to the guest service.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Typically this user will exist in the password file, but will not
have a valid login. The user account "ftp" is often a good choice
for this parameter. If a username is specified in a given service,
the specified username overrides this one.
One some systems the default guest account "nobody" may not
be able to print. Use another account in this case. You should test
this by trying to log in as your guest user (perhaps by using the
\fB su -\fR command) and trying to print using the
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
system print command such as \fB lpr(1)\fR or \fB lp(1)\fR .
This paramater does not accept % marcos, becouse
many parts of the system require this value to be
constant for correct operation
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB specified at compile time, usually
"nobody"\fR
Example: \fB guest account = ftp\fR
.TP
\fB guest ok (S)\fR
If this parameter is yes for
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
a service, then no password is required to connect to the service.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Privileges will be those of the \fI guest account\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See the section below on \fI security\fR for more information about this option.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB guest ok = no\fR
.TP
\fB guest only (S)\fR
If this parameter is yes for
a service, then only guest connections to the service are permitted.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
This parameter will have no effect if \fI guest ok\fR is not set for the service.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See the section below on \fI security\fR for more information about this option.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB guest only = no\fR
.TP
\fB hide dot files (S)\fR
This is a boolean parameter that controls whether
files starting with a dot appear as hidden files.
Default: \fB hide dot files = yes\fR
.TP
\fB hide files(S)\fR
This is a list of files or directories that are not
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
visible but are accessible. The DOS 'hidden' attribute is applied
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
to any files or directories that match.
Each entry in the list must be separated by a '/',
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
which allows spaces to be included in the entry. '*'
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
and '?' can be used to specify multiple files or directories
as in DOS wildcards.
Each entry must be a Unix path, not a DOS path and must
not include the Unix directory separator '/'.
Note that the case sensitivity option is applicable
in hiding files.
Setting this parameter will affect the performance of Samba,
as it will be forced to check all files and directories for a match
as they are scanned.
See also \fI hide
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
dot files\fR , \fI veto files\fR and \fI case sensitive\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB no file are hidden\fR
Example: \fB hide files =
/.*/DesktopFolderDB/TrashFor%m/resource.frk/\fR
The above example is based on files that the Macintosh
SMB client (DAVE) available from
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Thursbycreates for internal use, and also still hides
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
all files beginning with a dot.
.TP
\fB hide local users(G)\fR
This parameter toggles the hiding of local UNIX
users (root, wheel, floppy, etc) from remote clients.
Default: \fB hide local users = no\fR
.TP
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB hide unreadable (G)\fR
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
This parameter prevents clients from seeing the
existance of files that cannot be read. Defaults to off.
Default: \fB hide unreadable = no\fR
.TP
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB hide unwriteable files (G)\fR
This parameter prevents clients from seeing
the existance of files that cannot be written to. Defaults to off.
Note that unwriteable directories are shown as usual.
Default: \fB hide unwriteable = no\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB homedir map (G)\fR
If\fI nis homedir
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR is true, and \fB smbd(8)\fR is also acting
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
as a Win95/98 \fI logon server\fR then this parameter
specifies the NIS (or YP) map from which the server for the user's
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
home directory should be extracted. At present, only the Sun
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
auto.home map format is understood. The form of the map is:
\fB username server:/some/file/system\fR
and the program will extract the servername from before
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
the first ':'. There should probably be a better parsing system
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
that copes with different map formats and also Amd (another
automounter) maps.
\fB NOTE :\fR A working NIS client is required on
the system for this option to work.
See also \fI nis homedir\fR
, \fI domain logons\fR
\& .
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB homedir map = <empty string>\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB homedir map = amd.homedir\fR
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB host msdfs (G)\fR
This boolean parameter is only available
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
if Samba has been configured and compiled with the \fB --with-msdfs\fR option. If set to yes,
Samba will act as a Dfs server, and allow Dfs-aware clients
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
to browse Dfs trees hosted on the server.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also the \fI msdfs root\fR share level parameter. For
more information on setting up a Dfs tree on Samba,
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
refer to msdfs_setup.html.
Default: \fB host msdfs = no\fR
.TP
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB hostname lookups (G)\fR
Specifies whether samba should use (expensive)
hostname lookups or use the ip addresses instead. An example place
where hostname lookups are currently used is when checking
the \fB hosts deny\fR and \fB hosts allow\fR .
Default: \fB hostname lookups = yes\fR
Example: \fB hostname lookups = no\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB hosts allow (S)\fR
A synonym for this parameter is \fI allow
hosts\fR .
This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited
set of hosts which are permitted to access a service.
If specified in the [global] section then it will
apply to all services, regardless of whether the individual
service has a different setting.
You can specify the hosts by name or IP number. For
example, you could restrict access to only the hosts on a
Class C subnet with something like \fB allow hosts = 150.203.5.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR . The full syntax of the list is described in the man
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
page \fI hosts_access(5)\fR . Note that this man
page may not be present on your system, so a brief description will
be given here also.
Note that the localhost address 127.0.0.1 will always
be allowed access unless specifically denied by a \fI hosts deny\fR option.
You can also specify hosts by network/netmask pairs and
by netgroup names if your system supports netgroups. The
\fB EXCEPT\fR keyword can also be used to limit a
wildcard list. The following examples may provide some help:
Example 1: allow all IPs in 150.203.*.*; except one
\fB hosts allow = 150.203. EXCEPT 150.203.6.66\fR
Example 2: allow hosts that match the given network/netmask
\fB hosts allow = 150.203.15.0/255.255.255.0\fR
Example 3: allow a couple of hosts
\fB hosts allow = lapland, arvidsjaur\fR
Example 4: allow only hosts in NIS netgroup "foonet", but
deny access from one particular host
\fB hosts allow = @foonet\fR
\fB hosts deny = pirate\fR
Note that access still requires suitable user-level passwords.
See \fB testparm(1)\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
for a way of testing your host access to see if it does
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
what you expect.
Default: \fB none (i.e., all hosts permitted access)
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB allow hosts = 150.203.5. myhost.mynet.edu.au
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB hosts deny (S)\fR
The opposite of \fI hosts allow\fR
- hosts listed here are \fB NOT\fR permitted access to
services unless the specific services have their own lists to override
this one. Where the lists conflict, the \fI allow\fR
list takes precedence.
Default: \fB none (i.e., no hosts specifically excluded)
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB hosts deny = 150.203.4. badhost.mynet.edu.au
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB hosts equiv (G)\fR
If this global parameter is a non-null string,
it specifies the name of a file to read for the names of hosts
and users who will be allowed access without specifying a password.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
This is not be confused with \fI hosts allow\fR which is about hosts
access to services and is more useful for guest services. \fI hosts equiv\fR may be useful for NT clients which will
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
not supply passwords to Samba.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB NOTE :\fR The use of \fI hosts equiv
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR can be a major security hole. This is because you are
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
trusting the PC to supply the correct username. It is very easy to
get a PC to supply a false username. I recommend that the
\fI hosts equiv\fR option be only used if you really
know what you are doing, or perhaps on a home network where you trust
your spouse and kids. And only if you \fB really\fR trust
them :-).
Default: \fB no host equivalences\fR
Example: \fB hosts equiv = /etc/hosts.equiv\fR
.TP
\fB include (G)\fR
This allows you to include one config file
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
inside another. The file is included literally, as though typed
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
in place.
It takes the standard substitutions, except \fI %u
\fR , \fI %P\fR and \fI %S\fR .
Default: \fB no file included\fR
Example: \fB include = /usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb.conf
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
\fB inherit acls (S)\fR
This parameter can be used to ensure
that if default acls exist on parent directories,
they are always honored when creating a subdirectory.
The default behavior is to use the mode specified
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
when creating the directory. Enabling this option
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
sets the mode to 0777, thus guaranteeing that
default directory acls are propagated.
Default: \fB inherit acls = no\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB inherit permissions (S)\fR
The permissions on new files and directories
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
are normally governed by \fI create mask\fR , \fI directory mask\fR , \fI force create mode\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
and \fI force
directory mode\fR but the boolean inherit
permissions parameter overrides this.
New directories inherit the mode of the parent directory,
including bits such as setgid.
New files inherit their read/write bits from the parent
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
directory. Their execute bits continue to be determined by
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fI map archive\fR
, \fI map hidden\fR
and \fI map system\fR
as usual.
Note that the setuid bit is \fB never\fR set via
inheritance (the code explicitly prohibits this).
This can be particularly useful on large systems with
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
many users, perhaps several thousand, to allow a single [homes]
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
share to be used flexibly by each user.
See also \fI create mask
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR , \fI directory mask\fR , \fI force create mode\fR and \fI force directory mode\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\& .
Default: \fB inherit permissions = no\fR
.TP
\fB interfaces (G)\fR
This option allows you to override the default
network interfaces list that Samba will use for browsing, name
registration and other NBT traffic. By default Samba will query
the kernel for the list of all active interfaces and use any
interfaces except 127.0.0.1 that are broadcast capable.
The option takes a list of interface strings. Each string
can be in any of the following forms:
.RS
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
a network interface name (such as eth0).
This may include shell-like wildcards so eth* will match
any interface starting with the substring "eth"
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
an IP address. In this case the netmask is
determined from the list of interfaces obtained from the
kernel
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
an IP/mask pair.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
a broadcast/mask pair.
.RE
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
The "mask" parameters can either be a bit length (such
as 24 for a C class network) or a full netmask in dotted
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
decimal form.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
The "IP" parameters above can either be a full dotted
decimal IP address or a hostname which will be looked up via
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
the OS's normal hostname resolution mechanisms.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
For example, the following line:
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB interfaces = eth0 192.168.2.10/24 192.168.3.10/255.255.255.0
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
would configure three network interfaces corresponding
to the eth0 device and IP addresses 192.168.2.10 and 192.168.3.10.
The netmasks of the latter two interfaces would be set to 255.255.255.0.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
See also \fI bind
interfaces only\fR .
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB all active interfaces except 127.0.0.1
that are broadcast capable\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB invalid users (S)\fR
This is a list of users that should not be allowed
to login to this service. This is really a \fB paranoid\fR
check to absolutely ensure an improper setting does not breach
your security.
A name starting with a '@' is interpreted as an NIS
netgroup first (if your system supports NIS), and then as a UNIX
group if the name was not found in the NIS netgroup database.
A name starting with '+' is interpreted only
by looking in the UNIX group database. A name starting with
\& '&' is interpreted only by looking in the NIS netgroup database
(this requires NIS to be working on your system). The characters
\& '+' and '&' may be used at the start of the name in either order
so the value \fI +&group\fR means check the
UNIX group database, followed by the NIS netgroup database, and
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
the value \fI &+group\fR means check the NIS
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
netgroup database, followed by the UNIX group database (the
same as the '@' prefix).
The current servicename is substituted for \fI %S\fR .
This is useful in the [homes] section.
See also \fI valid users
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB no invalid users\fR
Example: \fB invalid users = root fred admin @wheel
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB keepalive (G)\fR
The value of the parameter (an integer) represents
the number of seconds between \fI keepalive\fR
packets. If this parameter is zero, no keepalive packets will be
sent. Keepalive packets, if sent, allow the server to tell whether
a client is still present and responding.
Keepalives should, in general, not be needed if the socket
being used has the SO_KEEPALIVE attribute set on it (see \fI socket options\fR ).
Basically you should only use this option if you strike difficulties.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB keepalive = 300\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Example: \fB keepalive = 600\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB kernel oplocks (G)\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
For UNIXes that support kernel based \fI oplocks\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
(currently only IRIX and the Linux 2.4 kernel), this parameter
allows the use of them to be turned on or off.
Kernel oplocks support allows Samba \fI oplocks
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR to be broken whenever a local UNIX process or NFS operation
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
accesses a file that \fB smbd(8)\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
has oplocked. This allows complete data consistency between
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
SMB/CIFS, NFS and local file access (and is a \fB very\fR
cool feature :-).
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
This parameter defaults to on, but is translated
to a no-op on systems that no not have the necessary kernel support.
You should never need to touch this parameter.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
See also the \fI oplocks\fR
and \fI level2 oplocks
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR parameters.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB kernel oplocks = yes\fR
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB lanman auth (G)\fR
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
This parameter determines whether or not smbdwill
attempt to authenticate users using the LANMAN password hash.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
If disabled, only clients which support NT password hashes (e.g. Windows
NT/2000 clients, smbclient, etc... but not Windows 95/98 or the MS DOS
network client) will be able to connect to the Samba host.
Default : \fB lanman auth = yes\fR
.TP
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fB large readwrite (G)\fR
This parameter determines whether or not smbd
supports the new 64k streaming read and write varient SMB requests introduced
with Windows 2000. Note that due to Windows 2000 client redirector bugs
this requires Samba to be running on a 64-bit capable operating system such
as IRIX, Solaris or a Linux 2.4 kernel. Can improve performance by 10% with
2002-04-01 15:19:05 +00:00
Windows 2000 clients. Defaults to on. Not as tested as some other Samba
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
code paths.
2002-04-01 15:19:05 +00:00
Default : \fB large readwrite = yes\fR
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
.TP
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
\fB ldap admin dn (G)\fR
The \fI ldap admin dn\fR defines the Distinguished
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
Name (DN) name used by Samba to contact the ldap server when retreiving
user account information. The \fI ldap
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
admin dn\fR is used in conjunction with the admin dn password
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
stored in the \fI private/secrets.tdb\fR file. See the
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
\fB smbpasswd(8)\fR man
page for more information on how to accmplish this.
Default : \fB none\fR
.TP
\fB ldap filter (G)\fR
This parameter specifies the RFC 2254 compliant LDAP search filter.
The default is to match the login name with the uid
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
attribute for all entries matching the sambaAccount
objectclass. Note that this filter should only return one entry.
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
Default : \fB ldap filter = (&(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaAccount))\fR
.TP
\fB ldap ssl (G)\fR
This option is used to define whether or not Samba should
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
use SSL when connecting to the ldap server
This is \fB NOT\fR related to
Samba's previous SSL support which was enabled by specifying the
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
\fB --with-ssl\fR option to the \fI configure\fR
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
script.
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
The \fI ldap ssl\fR can be set to one of three values:
2002-01-05 03:52:39 +00:00
(a) on - Always use SSL when contacting the
\fI ldap server\fR , (b) off -
Never use SSL when querying the directory, or (c) start_tls
- Use the LDAPv3 StartTLS extended operation
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
(RFC2830) for communicating with the directory server.
2002-01-05 03:52:39 +00:00
Default : \fB ldap ssl = on\fR
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
.TP
\fB ldap suffix (G)\fR
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
Default : \fB none\fR
.TP
\fB ldap user suffix (G)\fR
It specifies where users are added to the tree.
Default : \fB none\fR
.TP
\fB ldap machine suffix (G)\fR
It specifies where machines should be
added to the ldap tree.
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
Default : \fB none\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB level2 oplocks (S)\fR
This parameter controls whether Samba supports
level2 (read-only) oplocks on a share.
Level2, or read-only oplocks allow Windows NT clients
that have an oplock on a file to downgrade from a read-write oplock
to a read-only oplock once a second client opens the file (instead
of releasing all oplocks on a second open, as in traditional,
exclusive oplocks). This allows all openers of the file that
support level2 oplocks to cache the file for read-ahead only (ie.
they may not cache writes or lock requests) and increases performance
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
for many accesses of files that are not commonly written (such as
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
application .EXE files).
Once one of the clients which have a read-only oplock
writes to the file all clients are notified (no reply is needed
or waited for) and told to break their oplocks to "none" and
delete any read-ahead caches.
It is recommended that this parameter be turned on
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
to speed access to shared executables.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
For more discussions on level2 oplocks see the CIFS spec.
Currently, if \fI kernel
oplocks\fR are supported then level2 oplocks are
not granted (even if this parameter is set to yes).
Note also, the \fI oplocks\fR
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
parameter must be set to true on this share in order for
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
this parameter to have any effect.
See also the \fI oplocks\fR
and \fI kernel oplocks\fR
parameters.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB level2 oplocks = yes\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB lm announce (G)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
This parameter determines if \fB nmbd(8)\fR will produce Lanman announce
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
broadcasts that are needed by OS/2 clients in order for them to see
the Samba server in their browse list. This parameter can have three
values, true, false, or
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
auto. The default is auto.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If set to false Samba will never produce these
broadcasts. If set to true Samba will produce
Lanman announce broadcasts at a frequency set by the parameter
\fI lm interval\fR . If set to auto
Samba will not send Lanman announce broadcasts by default but will
listen for them. If it hears such a broadcast on the wire it will
then start sending them at a frequency set by the parameter
\fI lm interval\fR .
See also \fI lm interval
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB lm announce = auto\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Example: \fB lm announce = yes\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB lm interval (G)\fR
If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
broadcasts needed by OS/2 clients (see the \fI lm announce\fR parameter) then this
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
parameter defines the frequency in seconds with which they will be
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
made. If this is set to zero then no Lanman announcements will be
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
made despite the setting of the \fI lm announce\fR
parameter.
See also \fI lm
announce\fR .
Default: \fB lm interval = 60\fR
Example: \fB lm interval = 120\fR
.TP
\fB load printers (G)\fR
A boolean variable that controls whether all
printers in the printcap will be loaded for browsing by default.
See the printers section for
more details.
Default: \fB load printers = yes\fR
.TP
\fB local master (G)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
This option allows \fB nmbd(8)\fR to try and become a local master browser
on a subnet. If set to false then \fB nmbd\fR will not attempt to become a local master browser
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
on a subnet and will also lose in all browsing elections. By
default this value is set to true. Setting this value to true doesn't
mean that Samba will \fB become\fR the local master
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
browser on a subnet, just that \fB nmbd\fR will \fB participate\fR in elections for local master browser.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
Setting this value to false will cause \fB nmbd\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB never\fR to become a local master browser.
Default: \fB local master = yes\fR
.TP
\fB lock dir (G)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Synonym for \fI lock directory\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB lock directory (G)\fR
This option specifies the directory where lock
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
files will be placed. The lock files are used to implement the
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fI max connections\fR
option.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB lock directory = ${prefix}/var/locks\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Example: \fB lock directory = /var/run/samba/locks\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
\fB lock spin count (G)\fR
This parameter controls the number of times
that smbd should attempt to gain a byte range lock on the
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
behalf of a client request. Experiments have shown that
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
Windows 2k servers do not reply with a failure if the lock
could not be immediately granted, but try a few more times
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
in case the lock could later be aquired. This behavior
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
is used to support PC database formats such as MS Access
and FoxPro.
Default: \fB lock spin count = 2\fR
.TP
\fB lock spin time (G)\fR
The time in microseconds that smbd should
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
pause before attempting to gain a failed lock. See
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
\fI lock spin
count\fR for more details.
Default: \fB lock spin time = 10\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB locking (S)\fR
This controls whether or not locking will be
performed by the server in response to lock requests from the
client.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
If \fB locking = no\fR , all lock and unlock
requests will appear to succeed and all lock queries will report
that the file in question is available for locking.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If \fB locking = yes\fR , real locking will be performed
by the server.
This option \fB may\fR be useful for read-only
filesystems which \fB may\fR not need locking (such as
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
CDROM drives), although setting this parameter of no
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
is not really recommended even in this case.
Be careful about disabling locking either globally or in a
specific service, as lack of locking may result in data corruption.
You should never need to set this parameter.
Default: \fB locking = yes\fR
.TP
\fB log file (G)\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
This option allows you to override the name
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
of the Samba log file (also known as the debug file).
This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing
you to have separate log files for each user or machine.
Example: \fB log file = /usr/local/samba/var/log.%m
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB log level (G)\fR
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
The value of the parameter (a astring) allows
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
the debug level (logging level) to be specified in the
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
\fI smb.conf\fR file. This parameter has been
extended since 2.2.x series, now it allow to specify the debug
level for multiple debug classes. This is to give greater
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
flexibility in the configuration of the system.
The default will be the log level specified on
the command line or level zero if none was specified.
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
Example: \fB log level = 3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB logon drive (G)\fR
This parameter specifies the local path to
which the home directory will be connected (see \fI logon home\fR )
and is only used by NT Workstations.
Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up as a
logon server.
Default: \fB logon drive = z:\fR
Example: \fB logon drive = h:\fR
.TP
\fB logon home (G)\fR
This parameter specifies the home directory
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
location when a Win95/98 or NT Workstation logs into a Samba PDC.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
It allows you to do
C:\\ > \fB NET USE H: /HOME\fR
from a command prompt, for example.
This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing
you to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine.
This parameter can be used with Win9X workstations to ensure
that roaming profiles are stored in a subdirectory of the user's
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
home directory. This is done in the following way:
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB logon home = \\ \\ %N\\ %U\\ profile\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This tells Samba to return the above string, with
substitutions made when a client requests the info, generally
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
in a NetUserGetInfo request. Win9X clients truncate the info to
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\\ \\ server\\ share when a user does \fB net use /home\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
but use the whole string when dealing with profiles.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Note that in prior versions of Samba, the \fI logon path\fR was returned rather than
\fI logon home\fR . This broke \fB net use
/home\fR but allowed profiles outside the home directory.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
The current implementation is correct, and can be used for
profiles if you use the above trick.
This option is only useful if Samba is set up as a logon
server.
Default: \fB logon home = "\\ \\ %N\\ %U"\fR
Example: \fB logon home = "\\ \\ remote_smb_server\\ %U"\fR
.TP
\fB logon path (G)\fR
This parameter specifies the home directory
where roaming profiles (NTuser.dat etc files for Windows NT) are
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
stored. Contrary to previous versions of these manual pages, it has
nothing to do with Win 9X roaming profiles. To find out how to
handle roaming profiles for Win 9X system, see the \fI logon home\fR parameter.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine. It also
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
specifies the directory from which the "Application Data",
(\fI desktop\fR , \fI start menu\fR ,
\fI network neighborhood\fR , \fI programs\fR
and other folders, and their contents, are loaded and displayed on
your Windows NT client.
The share and the path must be readable by the user for
the preferences and directories to be loaded onto the Windows NT
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
client. The share must be writeable when the user logs in for the first
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
time, in order that the Windows NT client can create the NTuser.dat
and other directories.
Thereafter, the directories and any of the contents can,
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
if required, be made read-only. It is not advisable that the
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
NTuser.dat file be made read-only - rename it to NTuser.man to
achieve the desired effect (a \fB MAN\fR datory
profile).
Windows clients can sometimes maintain a connection to
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
the [homes] share, even though there is no user logged in.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Therefore, it is vital that the logon path does not include a
reference to the homes share (i.e. setting this parameter to
\\ %N\\ %U\\ profile_path will cause problems).
This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing
you to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine.
Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up
as a logon server.
Default: \fB logon path = \\ \\ %N\\ %U\\ profile\fR
Example: \fB logon path = \\ \\ PROFILESERVER\\ PROFILE\\ %U\fR
.TP
\fB logon script (G)\fR
This parameter specifies the batch file (.bat) or
NT command file (.cmd) to be downloaded and run on a machine when
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
a user successfully logs in. The file must contain the DOS
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
style CR/LF line endings. Using a DOS-style editor to create the
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
file is recommended.
The script must be a relative path to the [netlogon]
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
service. If the [netlogon] service specifies a \fI path\fR of \fI /usr/local/samba/netlogon
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fR , and \fB logon script = STARTUP.BAT\fR , then
the file that will be downloaded is:
\fI /usr/local/samba/netlogon/STARTUP.BAT\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
The contents of the batch file are entirely your choice. A
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
suggested command would be to add \fB NET TIME \\ \\ SERVER /SET
/YES\fR , to force every machine to synchronize clocks with
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
the same time server. Another use would be to add \fB NET USE
U: \\ \\ SERVER\\ UTILS\fR for commonly used utilities, or \fB NET USE Q: \\ \\ SERVER\\ ISO9001_QA\fR for example.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Note that it is particularly important not to allow write
access to the [netlogon] share, or to grant users write permission
on the batch files in a secure environment, as this would allow
the batch files to be arbitrarily modified and security to be
breached.
This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you
to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine.
This option is only useful if Samba is set up as a logon
server.
Default: \fB no logon script defined\fR
Example: \fB logon script = scripts\\ %U.bat\fR
.TP
\fB lppause command (S)\fR
This parameter specifies the command to be
executed on the server host in order to stop printing or spooling
a specific print job.
This command should be a program or script which takes
a printer name and job number to pause the print job. One way
of implementing this is by using job priorities, where jobs
having a too low priority won't be sent to the printer.
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
If a \fI %p\fR is given then the printer name
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
is put in its place. A \fI %j\fR is replaced with
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
the job number (an integer). On HPUX (see \fI printing=hpux
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fR ), if the \fI -p%p\fR option is added
to the lpq command, the job will show up with the correct status, i.e.
if the job priority is lower than the set fence priority it will
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
have the PAUSED status, whereas if the priority is equal or higher it
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
will have the SPOOLED or PRINTING status.
Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path
in the lppause command as the PATH may not be available to the server.
See also the \fI printing
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR parameter.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: Currently no default value is given to
this string, unless the value of the \fI printing\fR
parameter is SYSV, in which case the default is :
\fB lp -i %p-%j -H hold\fR
or if the value of the \fI printing\fR parameter
is SOFTQ, then the default is:
\fB qstat -s -j%j -h\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Example for HPUX: \fB lppause command = /usr/bin/lpalt
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
%p-%j -p0\fR
.TP
\fB lpq cache time (G)\fR
This controls how long lpq info will be cached
for to prevent the \fB lpq\fR command being called too
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
often. A separate cache is kept for each variation of the \fB lpq\fR command used by the system, so if you use different
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB lpq\fR commands for different users then they won't
share cache information.
The cache files are stored in \fI /tmp/lpq.xxxx\fR
where xxxx is a hash of the \fB lpq\fR command in use.
The default is 10 seconds, meaning that the cached results
of a previous identical \fB lpq\fR command will be used
if the cached data is less than 10 seconds old. A large value may
be advisable if your \fB lpq\fR command is very slow.
A value of 0 will disable caching completely.
See also the \fI printing
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR parameter.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB lpq cache time = 10\fR
Example: \fB lpq cache time = 30\fR
.TP
\fB lpq command (S)\fR
This parameter specifies the command to be
executed on the server host in order to obtain \fB lpq
\fR -style printer status information.
This command should be a program or script which
takes a printer name as its only parameter and outputs printer
status information.
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
Currently nine styles of printer status information
are supported; BSD, AIX, LPRNG, PLP, SYSV, HPUX, QNX, CUPS, and SOFTQ.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This covers most UNIX systems. You control which type is expected
using the \fI printing =\fR option.
Some clients (notably Windows for Workgroups) may not
correctly send the connection number for the printer they are
requesting status information about. To get around this, the
server reports on the first printer service connected to by the
client. This only happens if the connection number sent is invalid.
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
If a \fI %p\fR is given then the printer name
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the
command.
Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
in the \fI lpq command\fR as the \fB $PATH
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR may not be available to the server. When compiled with
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
the CUPS libraries, no \fI lpq command\fR is
needed because smbd will make a library call to obtain the
print queue listing.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
See also the \fI printing
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR parameter.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Default: \fB depends on the setting of \fI printing\fB \fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Example: \fB lpq command = /usr/bin/lpq -P%p\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB lpresume command (S)\fR
This parameter specifies the command to be
executed on the server host in order to restart or continue
printing or spooling a specific print job.
This command should be a program or script which takes
a printer name and job number to resume the print job. See
also the \fI lppause command
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR parameter.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
If a \fI %p\fR is given then the printer name
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
is put in its place. A \fI %j\fR is replaced with
the job number (an integer).
Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path
in the \fI lpresume command\fR as the PATH may not
be available to the server.
See also the \fI printing
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR parameter.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: Currently no default value is given
to this string, unless the value of the \fI printing\fR
parameter is SYSV, in which case the default is :
\fB lp -i %p-%j -H resume\fR
or if the value of the \fI printing\fR parameter
is SOFTQ, then the default is:
\fB qstat -s -j%j -r\fR
Example for HPUX: \fB lpresume command = /usr/bin/lpalt
%p-%j -p2\fR
.TP
\fB lprm command (S)\fR
This parameter specifies the command to be
executed on the server host in order to delete a print job.
This command should be a program or script which takes
a printer name and job number, and deletes the print job.
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
If a \fI %p\fR is given then the printer name
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
is put in its place. A \fI %j\fR is replaced with
the job number (an integer).
Note that it is good practice to include the absolute
path in the \fI lprm command\fR as the PATH may not be
available to the server.
See also the \fI printing
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR parameter.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB depends on the setting of \fI printing
\fB \fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example 1: \fB lprm command = /usr/bin/lprm -P%p %j
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example 2: \fB lprm command = /usr/bin/cancel %p-%j
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB machine password timeout (G)\fR
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
If a Samba server is a member of a Windows
2001-09-11 05:28:56 +00:00
NT Domain (see the security = domain)
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
parameter) then periodically a running smbd(8)process will try and change the MACHINE ACCOUNT
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
PASSWORD stored in the TDB called \fI private/secrets.tdb
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR . This parameter specifies how often this password
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
will be changed, in seconds. The default is one week (expressed in
seconds), the same as a Windows NT Domain member server.
See also \fB smbpasswd(8)
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR , and the security = domain) parameter.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB machine password timeout = 604800\fR
.TP
\fB magic output (S)\fR
This parameter specifies the name of a file
which will contain output created by a magic script (see the
\fI magic script\fR
parameter below).
Warning: If two clients use the same \fI magic script
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR in the same directory the output file content
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
is undefined.
Default: \fB magic output = <magic script name>.out
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB magic output = myfile.txt\fR
.TP
\fB magic script (S)\fR
This parameter specifies the name of a file which,
if opened, will be executed by the server when the file is closed.
This allows a UNIX script to be sent to the Samba host and
executed on behalf of the connected user.
Scripts executed in this way will be deleted upon
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
completion assuming that the user has the appropriate level
of privilege and the file permissions allow the deletion.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If the script generates output, output will be sent to
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
the file specified by the \fI magic output\fR parameter (see above).
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Note that some shells are unable to interpret scripts
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
containing CR/LF instead of CR as
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
the end-of-line marker. Magic scripts must be executable
\fB as is\fR on the host, which for some hosts and
some shells will require filtering at the DOS end.
Magic scripts are \fB EXPERIMENTAL\fR and
should \fB NOT\fR be relied upon.
Default: \fB None. Magic scripts disabled.\fR
Example: \fB magic script = user.csh\fR
.TP
\fB mangle case (S)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See the section on NAME MANGLING
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB mangle case = no\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB mangled map (S)\fR
This is for those who want to directly map UNIX
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
file names which cannot be represented on Windows/DOS. The mangling
of names is not always what is needed. In particular you may have
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
documents with file extensions that differ between DOS and UNIX.
For example, under UNIX it is common to use \fI .html\fR
for HTML files, whereas under Windows/DOS \fI .htm\fR
is more commonly used.
So to map \fI html\fR to \fI htm\fR
you would use:
\fB mangled map = (*.html *.htm)\fR
One very useful case is to remove the annoying \fI ;1
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR off the ends of filenames on some CDROMs (only visible
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
under some UNIXes). To do this use a map of (*;1 *;).
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB no mangled map\fR
Example: \fB mangled map = (*;1 *;)\fR
.TP
\fB mangled names (S)\fR
This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX
should be mapped to DOS-compatible names ("mangled") and made visible,
or whether non-DOS names should simply be ignored.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See the section on NAME MANGLING for details on how to control the mangling process.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If mangling is used then the mangling algorithm is as follows:
.RS
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
The first (up to) five alphanumeric characters
before the rightmost dot of the filename are preserved, forced
to upper case, and appear as the first (up to) five characters
of the mangled name.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
A tilde "~" is appended to the first part of the mangled
name, followed by a two-character unique sequence, based on the
original root name (i.e., the original filename minus its final
extension). The final extension is included in the hash calculation
only if it contains any upper case characters or is longer than three
characters.
Note that the character to use may be specified using
the \fI mangling char\fR
option, if you don't like '~'.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
The first three alphanumeric characters of the final
extension are preserved, forced to upper case and appear as the
extension of the mangled name. The final extension is defined as that
part of the original filename after the rightmost dot. If there are no
dots in the filename, the mangled name will have no extension (except
in the case of "hidden files" - see below).
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
Files whose UNIX name begins with a dot will be
presented as DOS hidden files. The mangled name will be created as
for other filenames, but with the leading dot removed and "___" as
its extension regardless of actual original extension (that's three
underscores).
.RE
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
The two-digit hash value consists of upper case
alphanumeric characters.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This algorithm can cause name collisions only if files
in a directory share the same first five alphanumeric characters.
The probability of such a clash is 1/1300.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
The name mangling (if enabled) allows a file to be
copied between UNIX directories from Windows/DOS while retaining
the long UNIX filename. UNIX files can be renamed to a new extension
from Windows/DOS and will retain the same basename. Mangled names
do not change between sessions.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB mangled names = yes\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
.TP
\fB mangling method (G)\fR
controls the algorithm used for the generating
the mangled names. Can take two different values, "hash" and
"hash2". "hash" is the default and is the algorithm that has been
used in Samba for many years. "hash2" is a newer and considered
a better algorithm (generates less collisions) in the names.
However, many Win32 applications store the mangled names and so
changing to the new algorithm must not be done
lightly as these applications may break unless reinstalled.
New installations of Samba may set the default to hash2.
Default: \fB mangling method = hash\fR
Example: \fB mangling method = hash2\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB mangled stack (G)\fR
This parameter controls the number of mangled names
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
that should be cached in the Samba server smbd(8).
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This stack is a list of recently mangled base names
(extensions are only maintained if they are longer than 3 characters
or contains upper case characters).
The larger this value, the more likely it is that mangled
names can be successfully converted to correct long UNIX names.
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
However, large stack sizes will slow most directory accesses. Smaller
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
stacks save memory in the server (each stack element costs 256 bytes).
It is not possible to absolutely guarantee correct long
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
filenames, so be prepared for some surprises!
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB mangled stack = 50\fR
Example: \fB mangled stack = 100\fR
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB mangling char (S)\fR
This controls what character is used as
the \fB magic\fR character in name mangling. The default is a '~'
but this may interfere with some software. Use this option to set
it to whatever you prefer.
Default: \fB mangling char = ~\fR
Example: \fB mangling char = ^\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB map archive (S)\fR
This controls whether the DOS archive attribute
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
should be mapped to the UNIX owner execute bit. The DOS archive bit
is set when a file has been modified since its last backup. One
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
motivation for this option it to keep Samba/your PC from making
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
any file it touches from becoming executable under UNIX. This can
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
be quite annoying for shared source code, documents, etc...
Note that this requires the \fI create mask\fR
parameter to be set such that owner execute bit is not masked out
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
(i.e. it must include 100). See the parameter \fI create mask\fR for details.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB map archive = yes\fR
.TP
\fB map hidden (S)\fR
This controls whether DOS style hidden files
should be mapped to the UNIX world execute bit.
Note that this requires the \fI create mask\fR
to be set such that the world execute bit is not masked out (i.e.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
it must include 001). See the parameter \fI create mask\fR for details.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB map hidden = no\fR
.TP
\fB map system (S)\fR
This controls whether DOS style system files
should be mapped to the UNIX group execute bit.
Note that this requires the \fI create mask\fR
to be set such that the group execute bit is not masked out (i.e.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
it must include 010). See the parameter \fI create mask\fR for details.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB map system = no\fR
.TP
\fB map to guest (G)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
This parameter is only useful in security modes other than \fI security = share\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
- i.e. user, server,
and domain.
This parameter can take three different values, which tell
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
smbd(8)what to do with user
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
login requests that don't match a valid UNIX user in some way.
The three settings are :
.RS
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
Never - Means user login
requests with an invalid password are rejected. This is the
default.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
Bad User - Means user
logins with an invalid password are rejected, unless the username
does not exist, in which case it is treated as a guest login and
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
mapped into the \fI guest account\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
Bad Password - Means user logins
with an invalid password are treated as a guest login and mapped
into the guest account. Note that
this can cause problems as it means that any user incorrectly typing
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
their password will be silently logged on as "guest" - and
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
will not know the reason they cannot access files they think
they should - there will have been no message given to them
that they got their password wrong. Helpdesk services will
\fB hate\fR you if you set the \fI map to
guest\fR parameter this way :-).
.RE
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Note that this parameter is needed to set up "Guest"
share services when using \fI security\fR modes other than
share. This is because in these modes the name of the resource being
requested is \fB not\fR sent to the server until after
the server has successfully authenticated the client so the server
cannot make authentication decisions at the correct time (connection
to the share) for "Guest" shares.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
For people familiar with the older Samba releases, this
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
parameter maps to the old compile-time setting of the GUEST_SESSSETUP value in local.h.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB map to guest = Never\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB map to guest = Bad User\fR
.TP
\fB max connections (S)\fR
This option allows the number of simultaneous
connections to a service to be limited. If \fI max connections
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR is greater than 0 then connections will be refused if
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
this number of connections to the service are already open. A value
of zero mean an unlimited number of connections may be made.
Record lock files are used to implement this feature. The
lock files will be stored in the directory specified by the \fI lock directory\fR
option.
Default: \fB max connections = 0\fR
Example: \fB max connections = 10\fR
.TP
\fB max disk size (G)\fR
This option allows you to put an upper limit
on the apparent size of disks. If you set this option to 100
then all shares will appear to be not larger than 100 MB in
size.
Note that this option does not limit the amount of
data you can put on the disk. In the above case you could still
store much more than 100 MB on the disk, but if a client ever asks
for the amount of free disk space or the total disk size then the
result will be bounded by the amount specified in \fI max
disk size\fR .
This option is primarily useful to work around bugs
in some pieces of software that can't handle very large disks,
particularly disks over 1GB in size.
A \fI max disk size\fR of 0 means no limit.
Default: \fB max disk size = 0\fR
Example: \fB max disk size = 1000\fR
.TP
\fB max log size (G)\fR
This option (an integer in kilobytes) specifies
the max size the log file should grow to. Samba periodically checks
the size and if it is exceeded it will rename the file, adding
a \fI .old\fR extension.
A size of 0 means no limit.
Default: \fB max log size = 5000\fR
Example: \fB max log size = 1000\fR
.TP
\fB max mux (G)\fR
This option controls the maximum number of
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
outstanding simultaneous SMB operations that Samba tells the client
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
it will allow. You should never need to set this parameter.
Default: \fB max mux = 50\fR
.TP
\fB max open files (G)\fR
This parameter limits the maximum number of
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
open files that one smbd(8)file
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
serving process may have open for a client at any one time. The
default for this parameter is set very high (10,000) as Samba uses
only one bit per unopened file.
The limit of the number of open files is usually set
by the UNIX per-process file descriptor limit rather than
this parameter so you should never need to touch this parameter.
Default: \fB max open files = 10000\fR
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB max print jobs (S)\fR
This parameter limits the maximum number of
jobs allowable in a Samba printer queue at any given moment.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
If this number is exceeded, \fB smbd(8)\fR will remote "Out of Space" to the client.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
See all \fI total
print jobs\fR .
Default: \fB max print jobs = 1000\fR
Example: \fB max print jobs = 5000\fR
.TP
\fB max protocol (G)\fR
The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest
protocol level that will be supported by the server.
Possible values are :
.RS
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
CORE: Earliest version. No
concept of user names.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
COREPLUS: Slight improvements on
CORE for efficiency.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
LANMAN1: First \fB modern\fR version of the protocol. Long filename
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
support.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
LANMAN2: Updates to Lanman1 protocol.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
NT1: Current up to date version of
the protocol. Used by Windows NT. Known as CIFS.
.RE
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Normally this option should not be set as the automatic
negotiation phase in the SMB protocol takes care of choosing
the appropriate protocol.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
See also \fI min
protocol\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB max protocol = NT1\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Example: \fB max protocol = LANMAN1\fR
.TP
\fB max smbd processes (G)\fR
This parameter limits the maximum number of
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fB smbd(8)\fR
processes concurrently running on a system and is intended
as a stopgap to prevent degrading service to clients in the event
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
that the server has insufficient resources to handle more than this
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
number of connections. Remember that under normal operating
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
conditions, each user will have an smbdassociated with him or her
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
to handle connections to all shares from a given host.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Default: \fB max smbd processes = 0\fR ## no limit
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Example: \fB max smbd processes = 1000\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB max ttl (G)\fR
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
This option tells nmbd(8)
what the default 'time to live' of NetBIOS names should be (in seconds)
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
when \fB nmbd\fR is requesting a name using either a
broadcast packet or from a WINS server. You should never need to
change this parameter. The default is 3 days.
Default: \fB max ttl = 259200\fR
.TP
\fB max wins ttl (G)\fR
This option tells nmbd(8)
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
when acting as a WINS server ( \fI wins support = yes\fR ) what the maximum
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\& 'time to live' of NetBIOS names that \fB nmbd\fR
will grant will be (in seconds). You should never need to change this
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
parameter. The default is 6 days (518400 seconds).
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
See also the \fI min
2001-09-11 05:28:56 +00:00
wins ttl\fR parameter.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB max wins ttl = 518400\fR
.TP
\fB max xmit (G)\fR
This option controls the maximum packet size
that will be negotiated by Samba. The default is 65535, which
is the maximum. In some cases you may find you get better performance
with a smaller value. A value below 2048 is likely to cause problems.
Default: \fB max xmit = 65535\fR
Example: \fB max xmit = 8192\fR
.TP
\fB message command (G)\fR
This specifies what command to run when the
server receives a WinPopup style message.
This would normally be a command that would
deliver the message somehow. How this is to be done is
up to your imagination.
An example is:
\fB message command = csh -c 'xedit %s;rm %s' &\fR
This delivers the message using \fB xedit\fR , then
removes it afterwards. \fB NOTE THAT IT IS VERY IMPORTANT
THAT THIS COMMAND RETURN IMMEDIATELY\fR . That's why I
have the '&' on the end. If it doesn't return immediately then
your PCs may freeze when sending messages (they should recover
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
after 30 seconds, hopefully).
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
All messages are delivered as the global guest user.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
The command takes the standard substitutions, although \fI %u\fR won't work (\fI %U\fR may be better
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
in this case).
Apart from the standard substitutions, some additional
ones apply. In particular:
.RS
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI %s\fR = the filename containing
the message.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI %t\fR = the destination that
the message was sent to (probably the server name).
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fI %f\fR = who the message
is from.
.RE
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
You could make this command send mail, or whatever else
takes your fancy. Please let us know of any really interesting
ideas you have.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Here's a way of sending the messages as mail to root:
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB message command = /bin/mail -s 'message from %f on
%m' root < %s; rm %s\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If you don't have a message command then the message
won't be delivered and Samba will tell the sender there was
an error. Unfortunately WfWg totally ignores the error code
and carries on regardless, saying that the message was delivered.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If you want to silently delete it then try:
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB message command = rm %s\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB no message command\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB message command = csh -c 'xedit %s;
rm %s' &\fR
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB min passwd length (G)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Synonym for \fI min password length\fR .
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
.TP
\fB min password length (G)\fR
This option sets the minimum length in characters
of a plaintext password that \fB smbd\fR will accept when performing
UNIX password changing.
See also \fI unix
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
password sync\fR , \fI passwd program\fR and \fI passwd chat debug\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\& .
Default: \fB min password length = 5\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB min print space (S)\fR
This sets the minimum amount of free disk
space that must be available before a user will be able to spool
a print job. It is specified in kilobytes. The default is 0, which
means a user can always spool a print job.
See also the \fI printing
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR parameter.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB min print space = 0\fR
Example: \fB min print space = 2000\fR
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB min protocol (G)\fR
The value of the parameter (a string) is the
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
lowest SMB protocol dialect than Samba will support. Please refer
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
to the \fI max protocol\fR
parameter for a list of valid protocol names and a brief description
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
of each. You may also wish to refer to the C source code in
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI source/smbd/negprot.c\fR for a listing of known protocol
dialects supported by clients.
If you are viewing this parameter as a security measure, you should
also refer to the \fI lanman
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
auth\fR parameter. Otherwise, you should never need
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
to change this parameter.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default : \fB min protocol = CORE\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Example : \fB min protocol = NT1\fR # disable DOS
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
clients
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB min wins ttl (G)\fR
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
This option tells nmbd(8)
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
when acting as a WINS server (\fI wins support = yes\fR ) what the minimum 'time to live'
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
of NetBIOS names that \fB nmbd\fR will grant will be (in
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
seconds). You should never need to change this parameter. The default
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
is 6 hours (21600 seconds).
Default: \fB min wins ttl = 21600\fR
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB msdfs root (S)\fR
This boolean parameter is only available if
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Samba is configured and compiled with the \fB --with-msdfs\fR option. If set to yes,
Samba treats the share as a Dfs root and allows clients to browse
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
the distributed file system tree rooted at the share directory.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Dfs links are specified in the share directory by symbolic
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
links of the form \fI msdfs:serverA\\ shareA,serverB\\ shareB
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR and so on. For more information on setting up a Dfs tree
on Samba, refer to msdfs_setup.html
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
.
See also \fI host msdfs
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB msdfs root = no\fR
.TP
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB name cache timeout (G)\fR
Specifies the number of seconds it takes before
entries in samba's hostname resolve cache time out. If
the timeout is set to 0. the caching is disabled.
Default: \fB name cache timeout = 660\fR
Example: \fB name cache timeout = 0\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB name resolve order (G)\fR
This option is used by the programs in the Samba
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
suite to determine what naming services to use and in what order
to resolve host names to IP addresses. The option takes a space
separated string of name resolution options.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
The options are :"lmhosts", "host", "wins" and "bcast". They
cause names to be resolved as follows :
.RS
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
lmhosts : Lookup an IP
address in the Samba lmhosts file. If the line in lmhosts has
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
no name type attached to the NetBIOS name (see the lmhosts(5)for details) then
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
any name type matches for lookup.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
host : Do a standard host
name to IP address resolution, using the system \fI /etc/hosts
\fR , NIS, or DNS lookups. This method of name resolution
is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or Solaris this
may be controlled by the \fI /etc/nsswitch.conf\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
file. Note that this method is only used if the NetBIOS name
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type, otherwise
it is ignored.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
wins : Query a name with
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
the IP address listed in the \fI wins server\fR parameter. If no WINS server has
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
been specified this method will be ignored.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
bcast : Do a broadcast on
each of the known local interfaces listed in the \fI interfaces\fR
parameter. This is the least reliable of the name resolution
methods as it depends on the target host being on a locally
connected subnet.
.RE
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
Default: \fB name resolve order = lmhosts host wins bcast
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB name resolve order = lmhosts bcast host
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This will cause the local lmhosts file to be examined
first, followed by a broadcast attempt, followed by a normal
system hostname lookup.
.TP
\fB netbios aliases (G)\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
This is a list of NetBIOS names that nmbd(8)will advertise as additional
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
names by which the Samba server is known. This allows one machine
to appear in browse lists under multiple names. If a machine is
acting as a browse server or logon server none
of these names will be advertised as either browse server or logon
servers, only the primary name of the machine will be advertised
with these capabilities.
See also \fI netbios
name\fR .
Default: \fB empty string (no additional names)\fR
Example: \fB netbios aliases = TEST TEST1 TEST2\fR
.TP
\fB netbios name (G)\fR
This sets the NetBIOS name by which a Samba
server is known. By default it is the same as the first component
of the host's DNS name. If a machine is a browse server or
logon server this name (or the first component
of the hosts DNS name) will be the name that these services are
advertised under.
See also \fI netbios
aliases\fR .
Default: \fB machine DNS name\fR
Example: \fB netbios name = MYNAME\fR
.TP
\fB netbios scope (G)\fR
This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will
operate under. This should not be set unless every machine
on your LAN also sets this value.
.TP
\fB nis homedir (G)\fR
Get the home share server from a NIS map. For
UNIX systems that use an automounter, the user's home directory
will often be mounted on a workstation on demand from a remote
server.
When the Samba logon server is not the actual home directory
server, but is mounting the home directories via NFS then two
network hops would be required to access the users home directory
if the logon server told the client to use itself as the SMB server
for home directories (one over SMB and one over NFS). This can
be very slow.
This option allows Samba to return the home share as
being on a different server to the logon server and as
long as a Samba daemon is running on the home directory server,
it will be mounted on the Samba client directly from the directory
server. When Samba is returning the home share to the client, it
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
will consult the NIS map specified in \fI homedir map\fR and return the server
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
listed there.
Note that for this option to work there must be a working
NIS system and the Samba server with this option must also
be a logon server.
Default: \fB nis homedir = no\fR
.TP
2002-01-24 17:04:30 +00:00
\fB non unix account range (G)\fR
The non unix account range parameter specifies
the range of 'user ids' that are allocated by the various 'non unix
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
account' passdb backends. These backends allow
the storage of passwords for users who don't exist in /etc/passwd.
2002-01-24 17:04:30 +00:00
This is most often used for machine account creation.
This range of ids should have no existing local or NIS users within
it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.
NOTE: These userids never appear on the system and Samba will never
\& 'become' these users. They are used only to ensure that the algorithmic
RID mapping does not conflict with normal users.
Default: \fB non unix account range = <empty string>
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2002-01-24 17:04:30 +00:00
Example: \fB non unix account range = 10000-20000\fR
.TP
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
\fB nt acl support (S)\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This boolean parameter controls whether
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
smbd(8)will attempt to map
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
UNIX permissions into Windows NT access control lists.
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
This parameter was formally a global parameter in releases
prior to 2.2.2.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB nt acl support = yes\fR
.TP
\fB nt pipe support (G)\fR
This boolean parameter controls whether
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
smbd(8)will allow Windows NT
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
clients to connect to the NT SMB specific IPC$
pipes. This is a developer debugging option and can be left
alone.
Default: \fB nt pipe support = yes\fR
.TP
2002-04-25 02:15:18 +00:00
\fB nt status support (G)\fR
This boolean parameter controls whether smbd(8)will negotiate NT specific status
support with Windows NT/2k/XP clients. This is a developer
debugging option and should be left alone.
If this option is set to no then Samba offers
exactly the same DOS error codes that versions prior to Samba 2.2.3
reported.
You should not need to ever disable this parameter.
Default: \fB nt status support = yes\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB null passwords (G)\fR
Allow or disallow client access to accounts
that have null passwords.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
See also smbpasswd (5).
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB null passwords = no\fR
.TP
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
\fB obey pam restrictions (G)\fR
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
When Samba 2.2 is configured to enable PAM support
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
(i.e. --with-pam), this parameter will control whether or not Samba
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
should obey PAM's account and session management directives. The
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
default behavior is to use PAM for clear text authentication only
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
and to ignore any account or session management. Note that Samba
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
always ignores PAM for authentication in the case of \fI encrypt passwords = yes\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\& . The reason is that PAM modules cannot support the challenge/response
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
authentication mechanism needed in the presence of SMB password encryption.
Default: \fB obey pam restrictions = no\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB only user (S)\fR
This is a boolean option that controls whether
connections with usernames not in the \fI user\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
list will be allowed. By default this option is disabled so that a
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
client can supply a username to be used by the server. Enabling
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
this parameter will force the server to only user the login
names from the \fI user\fR list and is only really
useful in shave level
security.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Note that this also means Samba won't try to deduce
usernames from the service name. This can be annoying for
the [homes] section. To get around this you could use \fB user =
%S\fR which means your \fI user\fR list
will be just the service name, which for home directories is the
name of the user.
See also the \fI user\fR
parameter.
Default: \fB only user = no\fR
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB only guest (S)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
A synonym for \fI guest only\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB oplock break wait time (G)\fR
This is a tuning parameter added due to bugs in
both Windows 9x and WinNT. If Samba responds to a client too
quickly when that client issues an SMB that can cause an oplock
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
break request, then the network client can fail and not respond
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
to the break request. This tuning parameter (which is set in milliseconds)
is the amount of time Samba will wait before sending an oplock break
request to such (broken) clients.
\fB DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ
AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE\fR .
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB oplock break wait time = 0\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB oplock contention limit (S)\fR
This is a \fB very\fR advanced
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
smbd(8)tuning option to
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
improve the efficiency of the granting of oplocks under multiple
client contention for the same file.
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
In brief it specifies a number, which causes smbdnot to
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
grant an oplock even when requested if the approximate number of
clients contending for an oplock on the same file goes over this
limit. This causes \fB smbd\fR to behave in a similar
way to Windows NT.
\fB DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ
AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE\fR .
Default: \fB oplock contention limit = 2\fR
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB oplocks (S)\fR
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
This boolean option tells \fB smbd\fR whether to
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
issue oplocks (opportunistic locks) to file open requests on this
share. The oplock code can dramatically (approx. 30% or more) improve
the speed of access to files on Samba servers. It allows the clients
to aggressively cache files locally and you may want to disable this
option for unreliable network environments (it is turned on by
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
default in Windows NT Servers). For more information see the file
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI Speed.txt\fR in the Samba \fI docs/\fR
directory.
Oplocks may be selectively turned off on certain files with a
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
share. See the \fI veto oplock files\fR parameter. On some systems
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
oplocks are recognized by the underlying operating system. This
allows data synchronization between all access to oplocked files,
whether it be via Samba or NFS or a local UNIX process. See the
\fI kernel oplocks\fR parameter for details.
See also the \fI kernel
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
oplocks\fR and \fI level2 oplocks\fR parameters.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB oplocks = yes\fR
.TP
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB ntlm auth (G)\fR
This parameter determines whether or not smbdwill
attempt to authenticate users using the NTLM password hash.
If disabled, only the lanman password hashes will be used.
Please note that at least this option or \fB lanman auth\fR should be enabled in order to be able to log in.
Default : \fB ntlm auth = yes\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB os level (G)\fR
This integer value controls what level Samba
advertises itself as for browse elections. The value of this
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
parameter determines whether nmbd(8)
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
has a chance of becoming a local master browser for the \fI WORKGROUP\fR in the local broadcast area.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB Note :\fR By default, Samba will win
a local master browsing election over all Microsoft operating
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
systems except a Windows NT 4.0/2000 Domain Controller. This
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
means that a misconfigured Samba host can effectively isolate
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
a subnet for browsing purposes. See \fI BROWSING.txt
\fR in the Samba \fI docs/\fR directory
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
for details.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB os level = 20\fR
Example: \fB os level = 65 \fR
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB os2 driver map (G)\fR
The parameter is used to define the absolute
path to a file containing a mapping of Windows NT printer driver
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
names to OS/2 printer driver names. The format is:
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
<nt driver name> = <os2 driver
name>.<device name>
For example, a valid entry using the HP LaserJet 5
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
printer driver would appear as \fB HP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET.HP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
LaserJet 5L\fR .
The need for the file is due to the printer driver namespace
problem described in the Samba
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Printing HOWTO. For more details on OS/2 clients, please
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
refer to the OS2-Client-HOWTO
containing in the Samba documentation.
Default: \fB os2 driver map = <empty string>
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
\fB pam password change (G)\fR
With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2,
this parameter, it is possible to use PAM's password change control
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
flag for Samba. If enabled, then PAM will be used for password
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
changes when requested by an SMB client instead of the program listed in
\fI passwd program\fR .
It should be possible to enable this without changing your
\fI passwd chat\fR
parameter for most setups.
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
Default: \fB pam password change = no\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB panic action (G)\fR
This is a Samba developer option that allows a
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
system command to be called when either smbd(8)
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
crashes. This is usually used to draw attention to the fact that
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
a problem occurred.
Default: \fB panic action = <empty string>\fR
Example: \fB panic action = "/bin/sleep 90000"\fR
.TP
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB paranoid server security (G)\fR
Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest
users with a bad passowrd. When this option is enabled, samba will not
use a broken NT 4.x server as password server, but instead complain
to the logs and exit.
Default: \fB paranoid server security = no\fR
.TP
2002-01-24 17:04:30 +00:00
\fB passdb backend (G)\fR
2002-04-16 16:52:20 +00:00
This option allows the administrator to chose which backends to retrieve and store passwords with. This allows (for example) both
smbpasswd and tdbsam to be used without a recompile.
Multiple backends can be specified, seperated by spaces. The backends will be searched in the order they are specified. New users are always added to the first backend specified.
Experimental backends must still be selected
2002-01-24 17:04:30 +00:00
(eg --with-tdbsam) at configure time.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
This parameter is in two parts, the backend's name, and a 'location'
string that has meaning only to that particular backed. These are separated
2002-04-01 15:19:05 +00:00
by a : character.
Available backends can include:
.RS
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fB smbpasswd\fR - The default smbpasswd
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
backend. Takes a path to the smbpasswd file as an optional argument.
2002-04-01 15:19:05 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fB smbpasswd_nua\fR - The smbpasswd
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
backend, but with support for 'not unix accounts'.
2002-04-01 15:19:05 +00:00
Takes a path to the smbpasswd file as an optional argument.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also \fI non unix account range\fR
2002-04-01 15:19:05 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fB tdbsam\fR - The TDB based password storage
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
backend. Takes a path to the TDB as an optional argument (defaults to passdb.tdb
in the \fI private dir\fR directory.
2002-04-01 15:19:05 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fB tdbsam_nua\fR - The TDB based password storage
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
backend, with non unix account support. Takes a path to the TDB as an optional argument (defaults to passdb.tdb
in the \fI private dir\fR directory.
2002-04-01 15:19:05 +00:00
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also \fI non unix account range\fR
2002-04-01 15:19:05 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fB ldapsam\fR - The LDAP based passdb
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
backend. Takes an LDAP URL as an optional argument (defaults to
2002-04-01 15:19:05 +00:00
\fB ldap://localhost\fR )
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fB ldapsam_nua\fR - The LDAP based passdb
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
backend, with non unix account support. Takes an LDAP URL as an optional argument (defaults to
2002-04-01 15:19:05 +00:00
\fB ldap://localhost\fR )
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also \fI non unix account range\fR
2002-04-01 15:19:05 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fB plugin\fR - Allows Samba to load an
arbitary passdb backend from the .so specified as a compulsary argument.
Any characters after the (optional) second : are passed to the plugin
for its own processing
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
\fB unixsam\fR - Allows samba to map all (other) available unix users
This backend uses the standard unix database for retrieving users. Users included
in this pdb are NOT listed in samba user listings and users included in this pdb won't be
able to login. The use of this backend is to always be able to display the owner of a file
on the samba server - even when the user doesn't have a 'real' samba account in one of the
other passdb backends.
This backend should always be the last backend listed, since it contains all users in
the unix passdb and might 'override' mappings if specified earlier. It's meant to only return
accounts for users that aren't covered by the previous backends.
2002-04-01 15:19:05 +00:00
.RE
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
Default: \fB passdb backend = smbpasswd unixsam\fR
2002-01-24 17:04:30 +00:00
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
Example: \fB passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb.tdb smbpasswd:/etc/samba/smbpasswd unixsam\fR
2002-04-01 15:19:05 +00:00
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
Example: \fB passdb backend = ldapsam_nua:ldaps://ldap.example.com unixsam\fR
2002-04-01 15:19:05 +00:00
2002-04-16 16:52:20 +00:00
Example: \fB passdb backend = plugin:/usr/local/samba/lib/my_passdb.so:my_plugin_args tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb.tdb\fR
2002-01-24 17:04:30 +00:00
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB passwd chat (G)\fR
This string controls the \fB "chat"\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
conversation that takes places between smbdand the local password changing
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
program to change the user's password. The string describes a
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
sequence of response-receive pairs that smbd(8)uses to determine what to send to the
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fI passwd program\fR
and what to expect back. If the expected output is not
received then the password is not changed.
This chat sequence is often quite site specific, depending
on what local methods are used for password control (such as NIS
etc).
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
Note that this parameter only is only used if the \fI unix
password sync\fR parameter is set to yes. This
sequence is then called \fB AS ROOT\fR when the SMB password
in the smbpasswd file is being changed, without access to the old
password cleartext. This means that root must be able to reset the user's password
without knowing the text of the previous password. In the presence of NIS/YP,
this means that the passwd program must be
executed on the NIS master.
The string can contain the macro \fI %n\fR which is substituted
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
for the new password. The chat sequence can also contain the standard
macros \\ n, \\ r, \\ t and \\ s to give line-feed,
carriage-return, tab and space. The chat sequence string can also contain
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
a '*' which matches any sequence of characters.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Double quotes can be used to collect strings with spaces
in them into a single string.
If the send string in any part of the chat sequence
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
is a full stop ".", then no string is sent. Similarly,
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
if the expect string is a full stop then no string is expected.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
If the \fI pam
password change\fR parameter is set to true, the chat pairs
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
may be matched in any order, and success is determined by the PAM result,
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
not any particular output. The \\ n macro is ignored for PAM conversions.
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
See also \fI unix password
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
sync\fR , \fI passwd program\fR , \fI passwd chat debug\fR and \fI pam password change\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB passwd chat = *new*password* %n\\ n
*new*password* %n\\ n *changed*\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB passwd chat = "*Enter OLD password*" %o\\ n
"*Enter NEW password*" %n\\ n "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\\ n "*Password
changed*"\fR
.TP
\fB passwd chat debug (G)\fR
This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script
parameter is run in \fB debug\fR mode. In this mode the
strings passed to and received from the passwd chat are printed
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
in the smbd(8)log with a
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fI debug level\fR
of 100. This is a dangerous option as it will allow plaintext passwords
to be seen in the \fB smbd\fR log. It is available to help
Samba admins debug their \fI passwd chat\fR scripts
when calling the \fI passwd program\fR and should
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
be turned off after this has been done. This option has no effect if the
\fI pam password change\fR
paramter is set. This parameter is off by default.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
See also \fI passwd chat\fR
, \fI pam password change\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
, \fI passwd program\fR
\& .
Default: \fB passwd chat debug = no\fR
.TP
\fB passwd program (G)\fR
The name of a program that can be used to set
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
UNIX user passwords. Any occurrences of \fI %u\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
will be replaced with the user name. The user name is checked for
existence before calling the password changing program.
Also note that many passwd programs insist in \fB reasonable
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR passwords, such as a minimum length, or the inclusion
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
of mixed case chars and digits. This can pose a problem as some clients
(such as Windows for Workgroups) uppercase the password before sending
it.
\fB Note\fR that if the \fI unix
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
password sync\fR parameter is set to true
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
then this program is called \fB AS ROOT\fR
before the SMB password in the smbpasswd(5)
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
file is changed. If this UNIX password change fails, then
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB smbd\fR will fail to change the SMB password also
(this is by design).
If the \fI unix password sync\fR parameter
is set this parameter \fB MUST USE ABSOLUTE PATHS\fR
for \fB ALL\fR programs called, and must be examined
for security implications. Note that by default \fI unix
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
password sync\fR is set to false.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
See also \fI unix
password sync\fR .
Default: \fB passwd program = /bin/passwd\fR
Example: \fB passwd program = /sbin/npasswd %u\fR
.TP
\fB password level (G)\fR
Some client/server combinations have difficulty
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
with mixed-case passwords. One offending client is Windows for
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Workgroups, which for some reason forces passwords to upper
case when using the LANMAN1 protocol, but leaves them alone when
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
using COREPLUS! Another problem child is the Windows 95/98
family of operating systems. These clients upper case clear
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
text passwords even when NT LM 0.12 selected by the protocol
negotiation request/response.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This parameter defines the maximum number of characters
that may be upper case in passwords.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
For example, say the password given was "FRED". If \fI password level\fR is set to 1, the following combinations
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
would be tried if "FRED" failed:
"Fred", "fred", "fRed", "frEd","freD"
If \fI password level\fR was set to 2,
the following combinations would also be tried:
"FRed", "FrEd", "FreD", "fREd", "fReD", "frED", ..
And so on.
The higher value this parameter is set to the more likely
it is that a mixed case password will be matched against a single
case password. However, you should be aware that use of this
parameter reduces security and increases the time taken to
process a new connection.
A value of zero will cause only two attempts to be
made - the password as is and the password in all-lower case.
Default: \fB password level = 0\fR
Example: \fB password level = 4\fR
.TP
\fB password server (G)\fR
By specifying the name of another SMB server (such
as a WinNT box) with this option, and using \fB security = domain
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR or \fB security = server\fR you can get Samba
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
to do all its username/password validation via a remote server.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
This option sets the name of the password server to use.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
It must be a NetBIOS name, so if the machine's NetBIOS name is
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
different from its Internet name then you may have to add its NetBIOS
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
name to the lmhosts file which is stored in the same directory
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
as the \fI smb.conf\fR file.
The name of the password server is looked up using the
parameter \fI name
resolve order\fR and so may resolved
by any method and order described in that parameter.
The password server much be a machine capable of using
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
the "LM1.2X002" or the "NT LM 0.12" protocol, and it must be in
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
user level security mode.
\fB NOTE:\fR Using a password server
means your UNIX box (running Samba) is only as secure as your
password server. \fB DO NOT CHOOSE A PASSWORD SERVER THAT
YOU DON'T COMPLETELY TRUST\fR .
Never point a Samba server at itself for password
serving. This will cause a loop and could lock up your Samba
server!
The name of the password server takes the standard
substitutions, but probably the only useful one is \fI %m
\fR , which means the Samba server will use the incoming
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
client as the password server. If you use this then you better
trust your clients, and you had better restrict them with hosts allow!
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If the \fI security\fR parameter is set to
domain, then the list of machines in this
option must be a list of Primary or Backup Domain controllers for the
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Domain or the character '*', as the Samba server is effectively
in that domain, and will use cryptographically authenticated RPC calls
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
to authenticate the user logging on. The advantage of using \fB security = domain\fR is that if you list several hosts in the
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fI password server\fR option then \fB smbd
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR will try each in turn till it finds one that responds. This
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
is useful in case your primary server goes down.
If the \fI password server\fR option is set
to the character '*', then Samba will attempt to auto-locate the
Primary or Backup Domain controllers to authenticate against by
doing a query for the name WORKGROUP<1C>
and then contacting each server returned in the list of IP
addresses from the name resolution source.
If the \fI security\fR parameter is
set to server, then there are different
restrictions that \fB security = domain\fR doesn't
suffer from:
.RS
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
You may list several password servers in
the \fI password server\fR parameter, however if an
\fB smbd\fR makes a connection to a password server,
and then the password server fails, no more users will be able
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
to be authenticated from this \fB smbd\fR . This is a
2001-09-11 05:28:56 +00:00
restriction of the SMB/CIFS protocol when in \fB security = server
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR mode and cannot be fixed in Samba.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
If you are using a Windows NT server as your
password server then you will have to ensure that your users
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
are able to login from the Samba server, as when in \fB security = server\fR mode the network logon will appear to
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
come from there rather than from the users workstation.
.RE
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
See also the \fI security
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR parameter.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB password server = <empty string>\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB password server = NT-PDC, NT-BDC1, NT-BDC2
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB password server = *\fR
.TP
\fB path (S)\fR
This parameter specifies a directory to which
the user of the service is to be given access. In the case of
printable services, this is where print data will spool prior to
being submitted to the host for printing.
For a printable service offering guest access, the service
should be readonly and the path should be world-writeable and
have the sticky bit set. This is not mandatory of course, but
you probably won't get the results you expect if you do
otherwise.
Any occurrences of \fI %u\fR in the path
will be replaced with the UNIX username that the client is using
on this connection. Any occurrences of \fI %m\fR
will be replaced by the NetBIOS name of the machine they are
connecting from. These replacements are very useful for setting
up pseudo home directories for users.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Note that this path will be based on \fI root dir\fR if one was specified.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB none\fR
Example: \fB path = /home/fred\fR
.TP
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
\fB pid directory (G)\fR
This option specifies the directory where pid
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
files will be placed.
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
Default: \fB pid directory = ${prefix}/var/locks\fR
Example: \fB pid directory = /var/run/\fR
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB posix locking (S)\fR
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
The \fB smbd(8)\fR
daemon maintains an database of file locks obtained by SMB clients.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
The default behavior is to map this internal database to POSIX
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
locks. This means that file locks obtained by SMB clients are
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
consistent with those seen by POSIX compliant applications accessing
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
the files via a non-SMB method (e.g. NFS or local file access).
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
You should never need to disable this parameter.
Default: \fB posix locking = yes\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB postexec (S)\fR
This option specifies a command to be run
whenever the service is disconnected. It takes the usual
substitutions. The command may be run as the root on some
systems.
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
An interesting example may be to unmount server
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
resources:
\fB postexec = /etc/umount /cdrom\fR
See also \fI preexec\fR
\& .
Default: \fB none (no command executed)\fR
Example: \fB postexec = echo \\ "%u disconnected from %S
from %m (%I)\\ " >> /tmp/log\fR
.TP
\fB postscript (S)\fR
This parameter forces a printer to interpret
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
the print files as PostScript. This is done by adding a %!
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
to the start of print output.
This is most useful when you have lots of PCs that persist
in putting a control-D at the start of print jobs, which then
confuses your printer.
Default: \fB postscript = no\fR
.TP
\fB preexec (S)\fR
This option specifies a command to be run whenever
the service is connected to. It takes the usual substitutions.
An interesting example is to send the users a welcome
message every time they log in. Maybe a message of the day? Here
is an example:
\fB preexec = csh -c 'echo \\ "Welcome to %S!\\ " |
/usr/local/samba/bin/smbclient -M %m -I %I' & \fR
Of course, this could get annoying after a while :-)
See also \fI preexec close
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR and \fI postexec
\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB none (no command executed)\fR
Example: \fB preexec = echo \\ "%u connected to %S from %m
(%I)\\ " >> /tmp/log\fR
.TP
\fB preexec close (S)\fR
This boolean option controls whether a non-zero
return code from \fI preexec
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR should close the service being connected to.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB preexec close = no\fR
.TP
\fB preferred master (G)\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
This boolean parameter controls if nmbd(8)is a preferred master browser
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
for its workgroup.
If this is set to true, on startup, \fB nmbd\fR
will force an election, and it will have a slight advantage in
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
winning the election. It is recommended that this parameter is
used in conjunction with \fB \fI domain master\fB = yes\fR , so that \fB nmbd\fR can guarantee becoming a domain master.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Use this option with caution, because if there are several
hosts (whether Samba servers, Windows 95 or NT) that are preferred
master browsers on the same subnet, they will each periodically
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
and continuously attempt to become the local master browser.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This will result in unnecessary broadcast traffic and reduced browsing
capabilities.
See also \fI os level\fR
\& .
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB preferred master = auto\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB prefered master (G)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Synonym for \fI preferred master\fR for people who cannot spell :-).
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB preload\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
This is a list of services that you want to be
automatically added to the browse lists. This is most useful
for homes and printers services that would otherwise not be
visible.
Note that if you just want all printers in your
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
printcap file loaded then the \fI load printers\fR option is easier.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB no preloaded services\fR
Example: \fB preload = fred lp colorlp\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB preserve case (S)\fR
This controls if new filenames are created
with the case that the client passes, or if they are forced to
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
be the \fI default case
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB preserve case = yes\fR
See the section on NAME
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
MANGLING for a fuller discussion.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB print command (S)\fR
After a print job has finished spooling to
a service, this command will be used via a \fB system()\fR
call to process the spool file. Typically the command specified will
submit the spool file to the host's printing subsystem, but there
is no requirement that this be the case. The server will not remove
the spool file, so whatever command you specify should remove the
spool file when it has been processed, otherwise you will need to
manually remove old spool files.
The print command is simply a text string. It will be used
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
verbatim after macro substitutions have been made:
s, %p - the path to the spool
file name
%p - the appropriate printer
name
%J - the job
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
name as transmitted by the client.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
%c - The number of printed pages
of the spooled job (if known).
%z - the size of the spooled
print job (in bytes)
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
The print command \fB MUST\fR contain at least
one occurrence of \fI %s\fR or \fI %f
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR - the \fI %p\fR is optional. At the time
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
a job is submitted, if no printer name is supplied the \fI %p
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR will be silently removed from the printer command.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If specified in the [global] section, the print command given
will be used for any printable service that does not have its own
print command specified.
If there is neither a specified print command for a
printable service nor a global print command, spool files will
be created but not processed and (most importantly) not removed.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Note that printing may fail on some UNIXes from the
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
nobody account. If this happens then create
an alternative guest account that can print and set the \fI guest account\fR
in the [global] section.
You can form quite complex print commands by realizing
that they are just passed to a shell. For example the following
will log a print job, print the file, then remove it. Note that
\& ';' is the usual separator for command in shell scripts.
\fB print command = echo Printing %s >>
/tmp/print.log; lpr -P %p %s; rm %s\fR
You may have to vary this command considerably depending
on how you normally print files on your system. The default for
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
the parameter varies depending on the setting of the \fI printing\fR parameter.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-09-11 05:28:56 +00:00
Default: For \fB printing = BSD, AIX, QNX, LPRNG
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
or PLP :\fR
\fB print command = lpr -r -P%p %s\fR
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
For \fB printing = SYSV or HPUX :\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB print command = lp -c -d%p %s; rm %s\fR
2001-09-11 05:28:56 +00:00
For \fB printing = SOFTQ :\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB print command = lp -d%p -s %s; rm %s\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
For printing = CUPS : If SAMBA is compiled against
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
libcups, then printcap = cups
uses the CUPS API to
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
submit jobs, etc. Otherwise it maps to the System V
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
commands with the -oraw option for printing, i.e. it
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
uses \fB lp -c -d%p -oraw; rm %s\fR .
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
With \fB printing = cups\fR ,
and if SAMBA is compiled against libcups, any manually
set print command will be ignored.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB print command = /usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript
%p %s\fR
.TP
\fB print ok (S)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Synonym for \fI printable\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB printable (S)\fR
If this parameter is yes, then
clients may open, write to and submit spool files on the directory
specified for the service.
Note that a printable service will ALWAYS allow writing
to the service path (user privileges permitting) via the spooling
of print data. The \fI writeable
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR parameter controls only non-printing access to
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
the resource.
Default: \fB printable = no\fR
.TP
\fB printcap (G)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Synonym for \fI printcap name\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB printcap name (G)\fR
This parameter may be used to override the
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
compiled-in default printcap name used by the server (usually \fI /etc/printcap\fR ). See the discussion of the [printers] section above for reasons
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
why you might want to do this.
2002-04-16 16:52:20 +00:00
To use the CUPS printing interface set \fB printcap name = cups
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR . This should be supplemented by an addtional setting
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
printing = cups in the [global]
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
section. \fB printcap name = cups\fR will use the
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
"dummy" printcap created by CUPS, as specified in your CUPS
configuration file.
2002-04-16 16:52:20 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
On System V systems that use \fB lpstat\fR to
list available printers you can use \fB printcap name = lpstat
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR to automatically obtain lists of available printers. This
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
is the default for systems that define SYSV at configure time in
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Samba (this includes most System V based systems). If \fI printcap name\fR is set to \fB lpstat\fR on
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
these systems then Samba will launch \fB lpstat -v\fR and
attempt to parse the output to obtain a printer list.
A minimal printcap file would look something like this:
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.nf
print1|My Printer 1
print2|My Printer 2
print3|My Printer 3
print4|My Printer 4
print5|My Printer 5
.fi
where the '|' separates aliases of a printer. The fact
that the second alias has a space in it gives a hint to Samba
that it's a comment.
\fB NOTE\fR : Under AIX the default printcap
name is \fI /etc/qconfig\fR . Samba will assume the
file is in AIX \fI qconfig\fR format if the string
\fI qconfig\fR appears in the printcap filename.
Default: \fB printcap name = /etc/printcap\fR
Example: \fB printcap name = /etc/myprintcap\fR
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB printer admin (S)\fR
This is a list of users that can do anything to
printers via the remote administration interfaces offered by MS-RPC
(usually using a NT workstation). Note that the root user always
has admin rights.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB printer admin = <empty string>\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Example: \fB printer admin = admin, @staff\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB printer driver (S)\fR
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fB Note :\fR This is a deprecated
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
parameter and will be removed in the next major release
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
following version 2.2. Please see the instructions in
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
the Samba 2.2. Printing
HOWTOfor more information
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
on the new method of loading printer drivers onto a Samba server.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This option allows you to control the string
that clients receive when they ask the server for the printer driver
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
associated with a printer. If you are using Windows95 or Windows NT
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
then you can use this to automate the setup of printers on your
system.
You need to set this parameter to the exact string (case
sensitive) that describes the appropriate printer driver for your
system. If you don't know the exact string to use then you should
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
first try with no \fI printer driver\fR option set and the client will
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
give you a list of printer drivers. The appropriate strings are
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
shown in a scroll box after you have chosen the printer manufacturer.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
See also \fI printer
driver file\fR .
Example: \fB printer driver = HP LaserJet 4L\fR
.TP
\fB printer driver file (G)\fR
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fB Note :\fR This is a deprecated
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
parameter and will be removed in the next major release
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
following version 2.2. Please see the instructions in
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
the Samba 2.2. Printing
HOWTOfor more information
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
on the new method of loading printer drivers onto a Samba server.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This parameter tells Samba where the printer driver
definition file, used when serving drivers to Windows 95 clients, is
to be found. If this is not set, the default is :
\fI SAMBA_INSTALL_DIRECTORY
/lib/printers.def\fR
This file is created from Windows 95 \fI msprint.inf
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR files found on the Windows 95 client system. For more
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
details on setting up serving of printer drivers to Windows 95
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
clients, see the outdated documentation file in the \fI docs/\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
directory, \fI PRINTER_DRIVER.txt\fR .
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also \fI printer driver location\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB None (set in compile).\fR
Example: \fB printer driver file =
/usr/local/samba/printers/drivers.def\fR
.TP
\fB printer driver location (S)\fR
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fB Note :\fR This is a deprecated
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
parameter and will be removed in the next major release
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
following version 2.2. Please see the instructions in
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
the Samba 2.2. Printing
HOWTOfor more information
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
on the new method of loading printer drivers onto a Samba server.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This parameter tells clients of a particular printer
share where to find the printer driver files for the automatic
installation of drivers for Windows 95 machines. If Samba is set up
to serve printer drivers to Windows 95 machines, this should be set to
\fB \\ \\ MACHINE\\ PRINTER$\fR
Where MACHINE is the NetBIOS name of your Samba server,
and PRINTER$ is a share you set up for serving printer driver
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
files. For more details on setting this up see the outdated documentation
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
file in the \fI docs/\fR directory, \fI PRINTER_DRIVER.txt\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also \fI printer driver file\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB none\fR
Example: \fB printer driver location = \\ \\ MACHINE\\ PRINTER$
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB printer name (S)\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
This parameter specifies the name of the printer
to which print jobs spooled through a printable service will be sent.
If specified in the [global] section, the printer
name given will be used for any printable service that does
not have its own printer name specified.
Default: \fB none (but may be lp
on many systems)\fR
Example: \fB printer name = laserwriter\fR
.TP
\fB printer (S)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Synonym for \fI printer name\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB printing (S)\fR
This parameters controls how printer status
information is interpreted on your system. It also affects the
default values for the \fI print command\fR ,
\fI lpq command\fR , \fI lppause command
\fR , \fI lpresume command\fR , and
\fI lprm command\fR if specified in the
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
[global] section.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
Currently nine printing styles are supported. They are
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
BSD, AIX,
LPRNG, PLP,
SYSV, HPUX,
QNX, SOFTQ,
and CUPS.
To see what the defaults are for the other print
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
commands when using the various options use the testparm(1)program.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This option can be set on a per printer basis
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also the discussion in the [printers] section.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
2002-04-01 15:19:05 +00:00
\fB private dir (G)\fR
This parameters defines the directory
smbd will use for storing such files as \fI smbpasswd\fR
and \fI secrets.tdb\fR .
Default :\fB private dir = ${prefix}/private\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB protocol (G)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Synonym for \fI max protocol\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB public (S)\fR
Synonym for \fI guest
ok\fR .
.TP
\fB queuepause command (S)\fR
This parameter specifies the command to be
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
executed on the server host in order to pause the printer queue.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This command should be a program or script which takes
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
a printer name as its only parameter and stops the printer queue,
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
such that no longer jobs are submitted to the printer.
This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups,
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
but can be issued from the Printers window under Windows 95
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
and NT.
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
If a \fI %p\fR is given then the printer name
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the command.
Note that it is good practice to include the absolute
path in the command as the PATH may not be available to the
server.
Default: \fB depends on the setting of \fI printing
\fB \fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB queuepause command = disable %p\fR
.TP
\fB queueresume command (S)\fR
This parameter specifies the command to be
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
executed on the server host in order to resume the printer queue. It
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
is the command to undo the behavior that is caused by the
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
previous parameter (\fI queuepause command\fR ).
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This command should be a program or script which takes
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
a printer name as its only parameter and resumes the printer queue,
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
such that queued jobs are resubmitted to the printer.
This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups,
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
but can be issued from the Printers window under Windows 95
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
and NT.
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
If a \fI %p\fR is given then the printer name
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the
command.
Note that it is good practice to include the absolute
path in the command as the PATH may not be available to the
server.
Default: \fB depends on the setting of \fI printing\fB \fR
Example: \fB queuepause command = enable %p
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB read bmpx (G)\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
This boolean parameter controls whether smbd(8)will support the "Read
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Block Multiplex" SMB. This is now rarely used and defaults to
no. You should never need to set this
parameter.
Default: \fB read bmpx = no\fR
.TP
\fB read list (S)\fR
This is a list of users that are given read-only
access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list then
they will not be given write access, no matter what the \fI writeable\fR
option is set to. The list can include group names using the
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
syntax described in the \fI invalid users\fR parameter.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also the \fI write list\fR parameter and the \fI invalid users\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
parameter.
Default: \fB read list = <empty string>\fR
Example: \fB read list = mary, @students\fR
.TP
\fB read only (S)\fR
Note that this is an inverted synonym for \fI writeable\fR .
.TP
\fB read raw (G)\fR
This parameter controls whether or not the server
will support the raw read SMB requests when transferring data
to clients.
If enabled, raw reads allow reads of 65535 bytes in
one packet. This typically provides a major performance benefit.
However, some clients either negotiate the allowable
block size incorrectly or are incapable of supporting larger block
sizes, and for these clients you may need to disable raw reads.
In general this parameter should be viewed as a system tuning
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
tool and left severely alone. See also \fI write raw\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB read raw = yes\fR
.TP
\fB read size (G)\fR
The option \fI read size\fR
affects the overlap of disk reads/writes with network reads/writes.
If the amount of data being transferred in several of the SMB
commands (currently SMBwrite, SMBwriteX and SMBreadbraw) is larger
than this value then the server begins writing the data before it
has received the whole packet from the network, or in the case of
SMBreadbraw, it begins writing to the network before all the data
has been read from disk.
This overlapping works best when the speeds of disk and
network access are similar, having very little effect when the
speed of one is much greater than the other.
The default value is 16384, but very little experimentation
has been done yet to determine the optimal value, and it is likely
that the best value will vary greatly between systems anyway.
A value over 65536 is pointless and will cause you to allocate
memory unnecessarily.
Default: \fB read size = 16384\fR
Example: \fB read size = 8192\fR
.TP
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB realm (G)\fR
This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is
used as the ADS equivalent of the NT4\fB domain\fR . It
is usually set to the DNS name of the kerberos server.
Default: \fB realm = \fR
Example: \fB realm = mysambabox.mycompany.com\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB remote announce (G)\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
This option allows you to setup nmbd(8)to periodically announce itself
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
to arbitrary IP addresses with an arbitrary workgroup name.
This is useful if you want your Samba server to appear
in a remote workgroup for which the normal browse propagation
rules don't work. The remote workgroup can be anywhere that you
can send IP packets to.
For example:
\fB remote announce = 192.168.2.255/SERVERS
192.168.4.255/STAFF\fR
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
the above line would cause \fB nmbd\fR to announce itself
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
to the two given IP addresses using the given workgroup names.
If you leave out the workgroup name then the one given in
the \fI workgroup\fR
parameter is used instead.
The IP addresses you choose would normally be the broadcast
addresses of the remote networks, but can also be the IP addresses
of known browse masters if your network config is that stable.
See the documentation file \fI BROWSING.txt\fR
in the \fI docs/\fR directory.
Default: \fB remote announce = <empty string>
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB remote browse sync (G)\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
This option allows you to setup nmbd(8)to periodically request
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
synchronization of browse lists with the master browser of a Samba
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
server that is on a remote segment. This option will allow you to
gain browse lists for multiple workgroups across routed networks. This
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
is done in a manner that does not work with any non-Samba servers.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This is useful if you want your Samba server and all local
clients to appear in a remote workgroup for which the normal browse
propagation rules don't work. The remote workgroup can be anywhere
that you can send IP packets to.
For example:
\fB remote browse sync = 192.168.2.255 192.168.4.255
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
the above line would cause \fB nmbd\fR to request
the master browser on the specified subnets or addresses to
synchronize their browse lists with the local server.
The IP addresses you choose would normally be the broadcast
addresses of the remote networks, but can also be the IP addresses
of known browse masters if your network config is that stable. If
a machine IP address is given Samba makes NO attempt to validate
that the remote machine is available, is listening, nor that it
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
is in fact the browse master on its segment.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB remote browse sync = <empty string>
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB restrict anonymous (G)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
This is a boolean parameter. If it is true, then
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
anonymous access to the server will be restricted, namely in the
case where the server is expecting the client to send a username,
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
but it doesn't. Setting it to true will force these anonymous
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
connections to be denied, and the client will be required to always
supply a username and password when connecting. Use of this parameter
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
is only recommended for homogeneous NT client environments.
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This parameter makes the use of macro expansions that rely
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
on the username (%U, %G, etc) consistent. NT 4.0
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
likes to use anonymous connections when refreshing the share list,
and this is a way to work around that.
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
When restrict anonymous is true, all anonymous connections
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
are denied no matter what they are for. This can effect the ability
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
of a machine to access the Samba Primary Domain Controller to revalidate
its machine account after someone else has logged on the client
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
interactively. The NT client will display a message saying that
the machine's account in the domain doesn't exist or the password is
bad. The best way to deal with this is to reboot NT client machines
between interactive logons, using "Shutdown and Restart", rather
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
than "Close all programs and logon as a different user".
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB restrict anonymous = no\fR
.TP
\fB root (G)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Synonym for \fI root directory"\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB root dir (G)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Synonym for \fI root directory"\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB root directory (G)\fR
The server will \fB chroot()\fR (i.e.
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
Change its root directory) to this directory on startup. This is
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
not strictly necessary for secure operation. Even without it the
server will deny access to files not in one of the service entries.
It may also check for, and deny access to, soft links to other
parts of the filesystem, or attempts to use ".." in file names
to access other directories (depending on the setting of the \fI wide links\fR
parameter).
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Adding a \fI root directory\fR entry other
than "/" adds an extra level of security, but at a price. It
absolutely ensures that no access is given to files not in the
sub-tree specified in the \fI root directory\fR
option, \fB including\fR some files needed for
complete operation of the server. To maintain full operability
of the server you will need to mirror some system files
into the \fI root directory\fR tree. In particular
you will need to mirror \fI /etc/passwd\fR (or a
subset of it), and any binaries or configuration files needed for
printing (if required). The set of files that must be mirrored is
operating system dependent.
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB root directory = /\fR
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB root directory = /homes/smb\fR
.TP
\fB root postexec (S)\fR
This is the same as the \fI postexec\fR
parameter except that the command is run as root. This
is useful for unmounting filesystems
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
(such as CDROMs) after a connection is closed.
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also \fI postexec\fR .
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB root postexec = <empty string>
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB root preexec (S)\fR
This is the same as the \fI preexec\fR
parameter except that the command is run as root. This
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
is useful for mounting filesystems (such as CDROMs) when a
connection is opened.
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also \fI preexec\fR and \fI preexec close\fR .
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB root preexec = <empty string>
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB root preexec close (S)\fR
This is the same as the \fI preexec close
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR parameter except that the command is run as root.
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also \fI preexec\fR and \fI preexec close\fR .
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB root preexec close = no\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB security (G)\fR
This option affects how clients respond to
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Samba and is one of the most important settings in the \fI smb.conf\fR file.
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
The option sets the "security mode bit" in replies to
protocol negotiations with smbd(8)
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
to turn share level security on or off. Clients decide
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
based on this bit whether (and how) to transfer user and password
information to the server.
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
The default is \fB security = user\fR , as this is
the most common setting needed when talking to Windows 98 and
Windows NT.
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
The alternatives are \fB security = share\fR ,
2001-09-11 05:28:56 +00:00
\fB security = server\fR or \fB security = domain
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR .
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
In versions of Samba prior to 2.0.0, the default was
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB security = share\fR mainly because that was
the only option at one stage.
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
There is a bug in WfWg that has relevance to this
setting. When in user or server level security a WfWg client
will totally ignore the password you type in the "connect
drive" dialog box. This makes it very difficult (if not impossible)
to connect to a Samba service as anyone except the user that
you are logged into WfWg as.
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If your PCs use usernames that are the same as their
usernames on the UNIX machine then you will want to use
\fB security = user\fR . If you mostly use usernames
that don't exist on the UNIX box then use \fB security =
share\fR .
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
You should also use \fB security = share\fR if you
want to mainly setup shares without a password (guest shares). This
is commonly used for a shared printer server. It is more difficult
to setup guest shares with \fB security = user\fR , see
the \fI map to guest\fR
parameter for details.
1997-12-03 05:08:07 +00:00
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
It is possible to use \fB smbd\fR in a \fB hybrid mode\fR where it is offers both user and share
level security under different \fI NetBIOS aliases\fR .
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
The different settings will now be explained.
1998-11-05 20:34:27 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB SECURITY = SHARE
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
When clients connect to a share level security server they
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
need not log onto the server with a valid username and password before
attempting to connect to a shared resource (although modern clients
such as Windows 95/98 and Windows NT will send a logon request with
a username but no password when talking to a \fB security = share
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR server). Instead, the clients send authentication information
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
(passwords) on a per-share basis, at the time they attempt to connect
to that share.
1997-05-07 18:17:21 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Note that \fB smbd\fR \fB ALWAYS\fR
uses a valid UNIX user to act on behalf of the client, even in
\fB security = share\fR level security.
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
As clients are not required to send a username to the server
in share level security, \fB smbd\fR uses several
techniques to determine the correct UNIX user to use on behalf
of the client.
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
A list of possible UNIX usernames to match with the given
client password is constructed using the following methods :
.RS
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
If the \fI guest
only\fR parameter is set, then all the other
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
stages are missed and only the \fI guest account\fR username is checked.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
Is a username is sent with the share connection
request, then this username (after mapping - see \fI username map\fR ),
is added as a potential username.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
If the client did a previous \fB logon
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR request (the SessionSetup SMB call) then the
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
username sent in this SMB will be added as a potential username.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
The name of the service the client requested is
added as a potential username.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
The NetBIOS name of the client is added to
the list as a potential username.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Any users on the \fI user\fR list are added as potential usernames.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.RE
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If the \fI guest only\fR parameter is
not set, then this list is then tried with the supplied password.
The first user for whom the password matches will be used as the
UNIX user.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If the \fI guest only\fR parameter is
set, or no username can be determined then if the share is marked
as available to the \fI guest account\fR , then this
guest user will be used, otherwise access is denied.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Note that it can be \fB very\fR confusing
in share-level security as to which UNIX username will eventually
be used in granting access.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also the section NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION.
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fB SECURITY = USER
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This is the default security setting in Samba 2.2.
2001-09-11 05:28:56 +00:00
With user-level security a client must first "log-on" with a
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
valid username and password (which can be mapped using the \fI username map\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
parameter). Encrypted passwords (see the \fI encrypted passwords\fR parameter) can also
be used in this security mode. Parameters such as \fI user\fR and \fI guest only\fR if set are then applied and
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
may change the UNIX user to use on this connection, but only after
the user has been successfully authenticated.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB Note\fR that the name of the resource being
requested is \fB not\fR sent to the server until after
the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why
guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing
the server to automatically map unknown users into the \fI guest account\fR .
See the \fI map to guest\fR
parameter for details on doing this.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also the section NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB SECURITY = SERVER
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
In this mode Samba will try to validate the username/password
by passing it to another SMB server, such as an NT box. If this
fails it will revert to \fB security = user\fR , but note
that if encrypted passwords have been negotiated then Samba cannot
revert back to checking the UNIX password file, it must have a valid
\fI smbpasswd\fR file to check users against. See the
documentation file in the \fI docs/\fR directory
\fI ENCRYPTION.txt\fR for details on how to set this
up.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fB Note\fR that from the client's point of
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
view \fB security = server\fR is the same as \fB security = user\fR . It only affects how the server deals
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
with the authentication, it does not in any way affect what the
client sees.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB Note\fR that the name of the resource being
requested is \fB not\fR sent to the server until after
the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why
guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing
the server to automatically map unknown users into the \fI guest account\fR .
See the \fI map to guest\fR
parameter for details on doing this.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also the section NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
See also the \fI password
server\fR parameter and the \fI encrypted passwords\fR
parameter.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB SECURITY = DOMAIN
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
This mode will only work correctly if smbpasswd(8)has been used to add this
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
machine into a Windows NT Domain. It expects the \fI encrypted passwords\fR
parameter to be set to true. In this
mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by passing
it to a Windows NT Primary or Backup Domain Controller, in exactly
the same way that a Windows NT Server would do.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB Note\fR that a valid UNIX user must still
exist as well as the account on the Domain Controller to allow
Samba to have a valid UNIX account to map file access to.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fB Note\fR that from the client's point
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
of view \fB security = domain\fR is the same as \fB security = user
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR . It only affects how the server deals with the authentication,
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
it does not in any way affect what the client sees.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB Note\fR that the name of the resource being
requested is \fB not\fR sent to the server until after
the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why
guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing
the server to automatically map unknown users into the \fI guest account\fR .
See the \fI map to guest\fR
parameter for details on doing this.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB BUG:\fR There is currently a bug in the
implementation of \fB security = domain\fR with respect
to multi-byte character set usernames. The communication with a
Domain Controller must be done in UNICODE and Samba currently
does not widen multi-byte user names to UNICODE correctly, thus
a multi-byte username will not be recognized correctly at the
Domain Controller. This issue will be addressed in a future release.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also the section NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
See also the \fI password
server\fR parameter and the \fI encrypted passwords\fR
parameter.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB security = USER\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB security = DOMAIN\fR
.TP
\fB security mask (S)\fR
This parameter controls what UNIX permission
bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating
the UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security
dialog box.
1998-11-05 20:34:27 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This parameter is applied as a mask (AND'ed with) to
the changed permission bits, thus preventing any bits not in
this mask from being modified. Essentially, zero bits in this
mask may be treated as a set of bits the user is not allowed
to change.
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
If not set explicitly this parameter is 0777, allowing
a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file.
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB Note\fR that users who can access the
Samba server through other means can easily bypass this
restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
"appliance" systems. Administrators of most normal systems will
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
probably want to leave it set to 0777.
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also the \fI force directory security mode\fR ,
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fI directory
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
security mask\fR , \fI force security mode\fR parameters.
1998-11-05 20:34:27 +00:00
2001-06-01 11:50:38 +00:00
Default: \fB security mask = 0777\fR
Example: \fB security mask = 0770\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB server string (G)\fR
This controls what string will show up in the
printer comment box in print manager and next to the IPC connection
2001-09-11 05:28:56 +00:00
in \fB net view\fR . It can be any string that you wish
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
to show to your users.
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
It also sets what will appear in browse lists next
to the machine name.
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
A \fI %v\fR will be replaced with the Samba
version number.
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
A \fI %h\fR will be replaced with the
hostname.
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB server string = Samba %v\fR
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB server string = University of GNUs Samba
Server\fR
.TP
\fB set directory (S)\fR
If \fB set directory = no\fR , then
users of the service may not use the setdir command to change
directory.
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
The \fB setdir\fR command is only implemented
in the Digital Pathworks client. See the Pathworks documentation
for details.
1997-10-28 19:54:49 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB set directory = no\fR
.TP
2002-04-25 02:15:18 +00:00
\fB share modes (S)\fR
This enables or disables the honoring of
the \fI share modes\fR during a file open. These
modes are used by clients to gain exclusive read or write access
to a file.
These open modes are not directly supported by UNIX, so
they are simulated using shared memory, or lock files if your
UNIX doesn't support shared memory (almost all do).
The share modes that are enabled by this option are
DENY_DOS, DENY_ALL,
DENY_READ, DENY_WRITE,
DENY_NONE and DENY_FCB.
This option gives full share compatibility and enabled
by default.
You should \fB NEVER\fR turn this parameter
off as many Windows applications will break if you do so.
Default: \fB share modes = yes\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB short preserve case (S)\fR
This boolean parameter controls if new files
which conform to 8.3 syntax, that is all in upper case and of
suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced
to be the \fI default case
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR . This option can be use with \fB preserve case = yes\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
to permit long filenames to retain their case, while short
names are lowered.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See the section on NAME MANGLING.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB short preserve case = yes\fR
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB show add printer wizard (G)\fR
With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support
for Windows NT/2000 client in Samba 2.2, a "Printers..." folder will
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
appear on Samba hosts in the share listing. Normally this folder will
contain an icon for the MS Add Printer Wizard (APW). However, it is
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
possible to disable this feature regardless of the level of privilege
of the connected user.
Under normal circumstances, the Windows NT/2000 client will
open a handle on the printer server with OpenPrinterEx() asking for
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Administrator privileges. If the user does not have administrative
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
access on the print server (i.e is not root or a member of the
\fI printer admin\fR group), the OpenPrinterEx()
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
call fails and the client makes another open call with a request for
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
a lower privilege level. This should succeed, however the APW
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
icon will not be displayed.
Disabling the \fI show add printer wizard\fR
parameter will always cause the OpenPrinterEx() on the server
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
to fail. Thus the APW icon will never be displayed. \fB Note :\fR This does not prevent the same user from having
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
administrative privilege on an individual printer.
See also \fI addprinter
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
command\fR , \fI deleteprinter command\fR , \fI printer admin\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default :\fB show add printer wizard = yes\fR
.TP
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fB shutdown script (G)\fR
\fB This parameter only exists in the HEAD cvs branch\fR
This a full path name to a script called by
\fB smbd(8)\fR that
should start a shutdown procedure.
This command will be run as the user connected to the
server.
%m %t %r %f parameters are expanded
\fI %m\fR will be substituted with the
shutdown message sent to the server.
\fI %t\fR will be substituted with the
number of seconds to wait before effectively starting the
shutdown procedure.
\fI %r\fR will be substituted with the
switch \fB -r\fR . It means reboot after shutdown
for NT.
\fI %f\fR will be substituted with the
switch \fB -f\fR . It means force the shutdown
even if applications do not respond for NT.
Default: \fB None\fR .
Example: \fB abort shutdown script = /usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f\fR
Shutdown script example:
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
.nf
#!/bin/bash
$time=0
let "time/60"
let "time++"
/sbin/shutdown $3 $4 +$time $1 &
.fi
Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background.
See also \fI abort shutdown script\fR .
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB smb passwd file (G)\fR
This option sets the path to the encrypted
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
smbpasswd file. By default the path to the smbpasswd file
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
is compiled into Samba.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB smb passwd file = ${prefix}/private/smbpasswd
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Example: \fB smb passwd file = /etc/samba/smbpasswd
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
\fB smb ports (G)\fR
Specifies which ports the server should listen on
for SMB traffic.
Default: \fB smb ports = 445 139\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB socket address (G)\fR
This option allows you to control what
address Samba will listen for connections on. This is used to
support multiple virtual interfaces on the one server, each
with a different configuration.
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
By default Samba will accept connections on any
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
address.
Example: \fB socket address = 192.168.2.20\fR
.TP
\fB socket options (G)\fR
This option allows you to set socket options
to be used when talking with the client.
Socket options are controls on the networking layer
of the operating systems which allow the connection to be
tuned.
This option will typically be used to tune your Samba
server for optimal performance for your local network. There is
no way that Samba can know what the optimal parameters are for
your net, so you must experiment and choose them yourself. We
strongly suggest you read the appropriate documentation for your
operating system first (perhaps \fB man setsockopt\fR
will help).
You may find that on some systems Samba will say
"Unknown socket option" when you supply an option. This means you
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
either incorrectly typed it or you need to add an include file
to includes.h for your OS. If the latter is the case please
send the patch to samba@samba.org.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Any of the supported socket options may be combined
in any way you like, as long as your OS allows it.
This is the list of socket options currently settable
using this option:
.RS
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
SO_KEEPALIVE
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
SO_REUSEADDR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
SO_BROADCAST
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
TCP_NODELAY
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
IPTOS_LOWDELAY
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
IPTOS_THROUGHPUT
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
SO_SNDBUF *
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
SO_RCVBUF *
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
SO_SNDLOWAT *
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
SO_RCVLOWAT *
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.RE
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Those marked with a \fB '*'\fR take an integer
argument. The others can optionally take a 1 or 0 argument to enable
or disable the option, by default they will be enabled if you
don't specify 1 or 0.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-09-11 05:28:56 +00:00
To specify an argument use the syntax SOME_OPTION = VALUE
for example \fB SO_SNDBUF = 8192\fR . Note that you must
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
not have any spaces before or after the = sign.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If you are on a local network then a sensible option
might be
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
If you have a local network then you could try:
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY TCP_NODELAY\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If you are on a wide area network then perhaps try
setting IPTOS_THROUGHPUT.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Note that several of the options may cause your Samba
server to fail completely. Use these options with caution!
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB socket options = TCP_NODELAY\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY\fR
.TP
\fB source environment (G)\fR
This parameter causes Samba to set environment
variables as per the content of the file named.
If the value of this parameter starts with a "|" character
then Samba will treat that value as a pipe command to open and
will set the environment variables from the output of the pipe.
The contents of the file or the output of the pipe should
be formatted as the output of the standard Unix \fB env(1)
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR command. This is of the form :
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2000-05-12 13:05:24 +00:00
Example environment entry:
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-09-11 05:28:56 +00:00
\fB SAMBA_NETBIOS_NAME = myhostname\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB No default value\fR
Examples: \fB source environment = |/etc/smb.conf.sh
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB source environment =
/usr/local/smb_env_vars\fR
.TP
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
\fB use spnego (G)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
This variable controls controls whether samba will try to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with WindowsXP and Windows2000sp2 clients to agree upon an authentication mechanism. As of samba 3.0alpha it must be set to "no" for these clients to join a samba domain controller. It can be set to "yes" to allow samba to participate in an AD domain controlled by a Windows2000 domain controller.
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Default: \fB use spnego = yes\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB stat cache (G)\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
This parameter determines if smbd(8)will use a cache in order to
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
speed up case insensitive name mappings. You should never need
to change this parameter.
Default: \fB stat cache = yes\fR
.TP
\fB stat cache size (G)\fR
This parameter determines the number of
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
entries in the \fI stat cache\fR . You should
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
never need to change this parameter.
Default: \fB stat cache size = 50\fR
.TP
\fB status (G)\fR
This enables or disables logging of connections
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
to a status file that smbstatus(1)
can read.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
With this disabled \fB smbstatus\fR won't be able
to tell you what connections are active. You should never need to
change this parameter.
Default: \fB status = yes\fR
.TP
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
\fB strict allocate (S)\fR
This is a boolean that controls the handling of
disk space allocation in the server. When this is set to yes
the server will change from UNIX behaviour of not committing real
disk storage blocks when a file is extended to the Windows behaviour
of actually forcing the disk system to allocate real storage blocks
when a file is created or extended to be a given size. In UNIX
terminology this means that Samba will stop creating sparse files.
This can be slow on some systems.
When strict allocate is no the server does sparse
disk block allocation when a file is extended.
Setting this to yes can help Samba return
out of quota messages on systems that are restricting the disk quota
of users.
Default: \fB strict allocate = no\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB strict locking (S)\fR
This is a boolean that controls the handling of
file locking in the server. When this is set to yes
the server will check every read and write access for file locks, and
deny access if locks exist. This can be slow on some systems.
When strict locking is no the server does file
lock checks only when the client explicitly asks for them.
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
Well-behaved clients always ask for lock checks when it
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
is important, so in the vast majority of cases \fB strict
locking = no\fR is preferable.
Default: \fB strict locking = no\fR
.TP
\fB strict sync (S)\fR
Many Windows applications (including the Windows
98 explorer shell) seem to confuse flushing buffer contents to
disk with doing a sync to disk. Under UNIX, a sync call forces
the process to be suspended until the kernel has ensured that
all outstanding data in kernel disk buffers has been safely stored
onto stable storage. This is very slow and should only be done
rarely. Setting this parameter to no (the
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
default) means that smbdignores the Windows applications requests for
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
a sync call. There is only a possibility of losing data if the
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
operating system itself that Samba is running on crashes, so there is
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
little danger in this default setting. In addition, this fixes many
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
performance problems that people have reported with the new Windows98
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
explorer shell file copies.
See also the \fI sync
always>\fR parameter.
Default: \fB strict sync = no\fR
.TP
\fB strip dot (G)\fR
This is a boolean that controls whether to
strip trailing dots off UNIX filenames. This helps with some
CDROMs that have filenames ending in a single dot.
Default: \fB strip dot = no\fR
.TP
\fB sync always (S)\fR
This is a boolean parameter that controls
whether writes will always be written to stable storage before
the write call returns. If this is false then the server will be
guided by the client's request in each write call (clients can
set a bit indicating that a particular write should be synchronous).
If this is true then every write will be followed by a \fB fsync()
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR call to ensure the data is written to disk. Note that
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
the \fI strict sync\fR parameter must be set to
yes in order for this parameter to have
any affect.
See also the \fI strict
sync\fR parameter.
Default: \fB sync always = no\fR
.TP
\fB syslog (G)\fR
This parameter maps how Samba debug messages
are logged onto the system syslog logging levels. Samba debug
level zero maps onto syslog LOG_ERR, debug
level one maps onto LOG_WARNING, debug level
two maps onto LOG_NOTICE, debug level three
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
maps onto LOG_INFO. All higher levels are mapped to LOG_DEBUG.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
This parameter sets the threshold for sending messages
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
to syslog. Only messages with debug level less than this value
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
will be sent to syslog.
Default: \fB syslog = 1\fR
.TP
\fB syslog only (G)\fR
If this parameter is set then Samba debug
messages are logged into the system syslog only, and not to
the debug log files.
Default: \fB syslog only = no\fR
.TP
\fB template homedir (G)\fR
When filling out the user information for a Windows NT
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
user, the winbindd(8)daemon
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
uses this parameter to fill in the home directory for that user.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If the string \fI %D\fR is present it is substituted
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
with the user's Windows NT domain name. If the string \fI %U
\fR is present it is substituted with the user's Windows
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
NT user name.
Default: \fB template homedir = /home/%D/%U\fR
.TP
\fB template shell (G)\fR
When filling out the user information for a Windows NT
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
user, the winbindd(8)daemon
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
uses this parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.
Default: \fB template shell = /bin/false\fR
.TP
\fB time offset (G)\fR
This parameter is a setting in minutes to add
to the normal GMT to local time conversion. This is useful if
you are serving a lot of PCs that have incorrect daylight
saving time handling.
Default: \fB time offset = 0\fR
Example: \fB time offset = 60\fR
.TP
\fB time server (G)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
This parameter determines if
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
nmbd(8)advertises itself as a time server to Windows
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
clients.
Default: \fB time server = no\fR
.TP
\fB timestamp logs (G)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Synonym for \fI debug timestamp\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB total print jobs (G)\fR
This parameter accepts an integer value which defines
a limit on the maximum number of print jobs that will be accepted
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
system wide at any given time. If a print job is submitted
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
by a client which will exceed this number, then smbdwill return an
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
error indicating that no space is available on the server. The
default value of 0 means that no such limit exists. This parameter
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
can be used to prevent a server from exceeding its capacity and is
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
designed as a printing throttle. See also
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fI max print jobs\fR .
Default: \fB total print jobs = 0\fR
Example: \fB total print jobs = 5000\fR
.TP
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB unicode (G)\fR
Specifies whether Samba should try
to use unicode on the wire by default.
Default: \fB unicode = yes\fR
.TP
\fB unix charset (G)\fR
Specifies the charset the unix machine
Samba runs on uses. Samba needs to know this in order to be able to
convert text to the charsets other SMB clients use.
Default: \fB unix charset = ASCII\fR
.TP
2002-01-27 05:37:23 +00:00
\fB unix extensions(G)\fR
This boolean parameter controls whether Samba
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
implments the CIFS UNIX extensions, as defined by HP.
These extensions enable Samba to better serve UNIX CIFS clients
by supporting features such as symbolic links, hard links, etc...
2002-01-27 05:37:23 +00:00
These extensions require a similarly enabled client, and are of
no current use to Windows clients.
Default: \fB unix extensions = no\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB unix password sync (G)\fR
This boolean parameter controls whether Samba
attempts to synchronize the UNIX password with the SMB password
when the encrypted SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed.
If this is set to true the program specified in the \fI passwd
program\fR parameter is called \fB AS ROOT\fR -
to allow the new UNIX password to be set without access to the
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
old UNIX password (as the SMB password change code has no
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
access to the old password cleartext, only the new).
See also \fI passwd
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
program\fR , \fI passwd chat\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB unix password sync = no\fR
.TP
\fB update encrypted (G)\fR
This boolean parameter allows a user logging
on with a plaintext password to have their encrypted (hashed)
password in the smbpasswd file to be updated automatically as
they log on. This option allows a site to migrate from plaintext
password authentication (users authenticate with plaintext
password over the wire, and are checked against a UNIX account
database) to encrypted password authentication (the SMB
challenge/response authentication mechanism) without forcing
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
all users to re-enter their passwords via smbpasswd at the time the
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
change is made. This is a convenience option to allow the change over
to encrypted passwords to be made over a longer period. Once all users
1998-11-05 20:34:27 +00:00
have encrypted representations of their passwords in the smbpasswd
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
file this parameter should be set to no.
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
In order for this parameter to work correctly the \fI encrypt passwords\fR
parameter must be set to no when
this parameter is set to yes.
1996-05-04 07:50:46 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Note that even when this parameter is set a user
authenticating to \fB smbd\fR must still enter a valid
password in order to connect correctly, and to update their hashed
(smbpasswd) passwords.
Default: \fB update encrypted = no\fR
.TP
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fB use client driver (S)\fR
This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
clients. It has no affect on Windows 95/98/ME clients. When
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
serving a printer to Windows NT/2000 clients without first installing
a valid printer driver on the Samba host, the client will be required
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
to install a local printer driver. From this point on, the client
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
will treat the print as a local printer and not a network printer
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
connection. This is much the same behavior that will occur
when \fB disable spoolss = yes\fR .
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
The differentiating
factor is that under normal circumstances, the NT/2000 client will
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
attempt to open the network printer using MS-RPC. The problem is that
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
because the client considers the printer to be local, it will attempt
to issue the OpenPrinterEx() call requesting access rights associated
with the logged on user. If the user possesses local administator rights
but not root privilegde on the Samba host (often the case), the OpenPrinterEx()
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
call will fail. The result is that the client will now display an "Access
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
Denied; Unable to connect" message in the printer queue window (even though
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
jobs may successfully be printed).
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
If this parameter is enabled for a printer, then any attempt
to open the printer with the PRINTER_ACCESS_ADMINISTER right is mapped
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
to PRINTER_ACCESS_USE instead. Thus allowing the OpenPrinterEx()
call to succeed. \fB This parameter MUST not be able enabled
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
on a print share which has valid print driver installed on the Samba
server.\fR
See also disable spoolss
Default: \fB use client driver = no\fR
.TP
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
\fB use mmap (G)\fR
This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can
depend on mmap working correctly on the running system. Samba requires a coherent
mmap/read-write system memory cache. Currently only HPUX does not have such a
coherent cache, and so this parameter is set to false by
default on HPUX. On all other systems this parameter should be left alone. This
parameter is provided to help the Samba developers track down problems with
the tdb internal code.
Default: \fB use mmap = yes\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB use rhosts (G)\fR
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
If this global parameter is true, it specifies
that the UNIX user's \fI .rhosts\fR file in their home directory
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
will be read to find the names of hosts and users who will be allowed
access without specifying a password.
\fB NOTE:\fR The use of \fI use rhosts
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR can be a major security hole. This is because you are
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
trusting the PC to supply the correct username. It is very easy to
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
get a PC to supply a false username. I recommend that the \fI use rhosts\fR option be only used if you really know what
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
you are doing.
Default: \fB use rhosts = no\fR
.TP
\fB user (S)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Synonym for \fI username\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB users (S)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Synonym for \fI username\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB username (S)\fR
Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited
list, in which case the supplied password will be tested against
each username in turn (left to right).
1997-09-19 17:40:11 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
The \fI username\fR line is needed only when
the PC is unable to supply its own username. This is the case
for the COREPLUS protocol or where your users have different WfWg
usernames to UNIX usernames. In both these cases you may also be
better using the \\ \\ server\\ share%user syntax instead.
The \fI username\fR line is not a great
solution in many cases as it means Samba will try to validate
the supplied password against each of the usernames in the
\fI username\fR line in turn. This is slow and
a bad idea for lots of users in case of duplicate passwords.
You may get timeouts or security breaches using this parameter
unwisely.
Samba relies on the underlying UNIX security. This
parameter does not restrict who can login, it just offers hints
to the Samba server as to what usernames might correspond to the
supplied password. Users can login as whoever they please and
they will be able to do no more damage than if they started a
telnet session. The daemon runs as the user that they log in as,
so they cannot do anything that user cannot do.
To restrict a service to a particular set of users you
can use the \fI valid users
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR parameter.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If any of the usernames begin with a '@' then the name
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
will be looked up first in the NIS netgroups list (if Samba
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
is compiled with netgroup support), followed by a lookup in
the UNIX groups database and will expand to a list of all users
in the group of that name.
If any of the usernames begin with a '+' then the name
will be looked up only in the UNIX groups database and will
expand to a list of all users in the group of that name.
If any of the usernames begin with a '&'then the name
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
will be looked up only in the NIS netgroups database (if Samba
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
is compiled with netgroup support) and will expand to a list
of all users in the netgroup group of that name.
Note that searching though a groups database can take
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
quite some time, and some clients may time out during the
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
search.
See the section NOTE ABOUT
USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION for more information on how
this parameter determines access to the services.
Default: \fB The guest account if a guest service,
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
else <empty string>.\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Examples:\fB username = fred, mary, jack, jane,
@users, @pcgroup\fR
.TP
\fB username level (G)\fR
This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at
the real UNIX username, as many DOS clients send an all-uppercase
username. By default Samba tries all lowercase, followed by the
username with the first letter capitalized, and fails if the
username is not found on the UNIX machine.
If this parameter is set to non-zero the behavior changes.
This parameter is a number that specifies the number of uppercase
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
combinations to try while trying to determine the UNIX user name. The
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
higher the number the more combinations will be tried, but the slower
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
the discovery of usernames will be. Use this parameter when you have
strange usernames on your UNIX machine, such as AstrangeUser
\& .
1997-12-03 04:20:39 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB username level = 0\fR
1997-12-03 04:20:39 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB username level = 5\fR
.TP
\fB username map (G)\fR
This option allows you to specify a file containing
a mapping of usernames from the clients to the server. This can be
used for several purposes. The most common is to map usernames
that users use on DOS or Windows machines to those that the UNIX
box uses. The other is to map multiple users to a single username
so that they can more easily share files.
The map file is parsed line by line. Each line should
contain a single UNIX username on the left then a '=' followed
by a list of usernames on the right. The list of usernames on the
right may contain names of the form @group in which case they
will match any UNIX username in that group. The special client
name '*' is a wildcard and matches any name. Each line of the
map file may be up to 1023 characters long.
The file is processed on each line by taking the
supplied username and comparing it with each username on the right
hand side of the '=' signs. If the supplied name matches any of
the names on the right hand side then it is replaced with the name
on the left. Processing then continues with the next line.
If any line begins with a '#' or a ';' then it is
ignored
1997-12-03 04:20:39 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If any line begins with an '!' then the processing
will stop after that line if a mapping was done by the line.
Otherwise mapping continues with every line being processed.
Using '!' is most useful when you have a wildcard mapping line
later in the file.
For example to map from the name admin
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
or administrator to the UNIX name root you would use:
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB root = admin administrator\fR
Or to map anyone in the UNIX group system
to the UNIX name sys you would use:
\fB sys = @system\fR
You can have as many mappings as you like in a username
map file.
If your system supports the NIS NETGROUP option then
the netgroup database is checked before the \fI /etc/group
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR database for matching groups.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
You can map Windows usernames that have spaces in them
by using double quotes around the name. For example:
\fB tridge = "Andrew Tridgell"\fR
would map the windows username "Andrew Tridgell" to the
unix username "tridge".
The following example would map mary and fred to the
unix user sys, and map the rest to guest. Note the use of the
\& '!' to tell Samba to stop processing if it gets a match on
that line.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.nf
!sys = mary fred
guest = *
.fi
Note that the remapping is applied to all occurrences
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
of usernames. Thus if you connect to \\ \\ server\\ fred and fred is remapped to mary then you
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
will actually be connecting to \\ \\ server\\ mary and will need to
supply a password suitable for mary not
fred. The only exception to this is the
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
username passed to the \fI password server\fR (if you have one). The password
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
server will receive whatever username the client supplies without
modification.
Also note that no reverse mapping is done. The main effect
this has is with printing. Users who have been mapped may have
trouble deleting print jobs as PrintManager under WfWg will think
they don't own the print job.
Default: \fB no username map\fR
Example: \fB username map = /usr/local/samba/lib/users.map
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fB utmp (G)\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
This boolean parameter is only available if
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Samba has been configured and compiled with the option \fB --with-utmp\fR . If set to true then Samba will attempt
2000-05-12 13:05:24 +00:00
to add utmp or utmpx records (depending on the UNIX system) whenever a
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
connection is made to a Samba server. Sites may use this to record the
user connecting to a Samba share.
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
Due to the requirements of the utmp record, we
are required to create a unique identifier for the
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
incoming user. Enabling this option creates an n^2
algorithm to find this number. This may impede
2002-08-15 13:56:33 +00:00
performance on large installations.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
See also the \fI utmp directory\fR parameter.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB utmp = no\fR
.TP
\fB utmp directory(G)\fR
This parameter is only available if Samba has
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
been configured and compiled with the option \fB --with-utmp\fR . It specifies a directory pathname that is
2000-05-12 13:05:24 +00:00
used to store the utmp or utmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
record user connections to a Samba server. See also the \fI utmp\fR parameter. By default this is
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the
native system is set to use (usually
\fI /var/run/utmp\fR on Linux).
Default: \fB no utmp directory\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Example: \fB utmp directory = /var/run/utmp\fR
.TP
\fB wtmp directory(G)\fR
This parameter is only available if Samba has
been configured and compiled with the option \fB --with-utmp\fR . It specifies a directory pathname that is
used to store the wtmp or wtmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that
record user connections to a Samba server. The difference with
the utmp directory is the fact that user info is kept after a user
has logged out.
See also the \fI utmp\fR parameter. By default this is
not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the
native system is set to use (usually
\fI /var/run/wtmp\fR on Linux).
Default: \fB no wtmp directory\fR
Example: \fB wtmp directory = /var/log/wtmp\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB valid users (S)\fR
This is a list of users that should be allowed
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
to login to this service. Names starting with '@', '+' and '&'
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
are interpreted using the same rules as described in the
\fI invalid users\fR parameter.
If this is empty (the default) then any user can login.
If a username is in both this list and the \fI invalid
users\fR list then access is denied for that user.
The current servicename is substituted for \fI %S
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR . This is useful in the [homes] section.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
See also \fI invalid users
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB No valid users list (anyone can login)
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Example: \fB valid users = greg, @pcusers\fR
.TP
\fB veto files(S)\fR
This is a list of files and directories that
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
are neither visible nor accessible. Each entry in the list must
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
be separated by a '/', which allows spaces to be included
in the entry. '*' and '?' can be used to specify multiple files
or directories as in DOS wildcards.
Each entry must be a unix path, not a DOS path and
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
must \fB not\fR include the unix directory
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
separator '/'.
Note that the \fI case sensitive\fR option
is applicable in vetoing files.
1997-12-02 19:55:44 +00:00
2001-09-11 05:28:56 +00:00
One feature of the veto files parameter that it
is important to be aware of is Samba's behaviour when
trying to delete a directory. If a directory that is
to be deleted contains nothing but veto files this
deletion will \fB fail\fR unless you also set
the \fI delete veto files\fR parameter to
\fI yes\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Setting this parameter will affect the performance
of Samba, as it will be forced to check all files and directories
for a match as they are scanned.
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
See also \fI hide files
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR and \fI case sensitive\fR .
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB No files or directories are vetoed.
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Examples:
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.nf
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
; Veto any files containing the word Security,
; any ending in .tmp, and any directory containing the
; word root.
veto files = /*Security*/*.tmp/*root*/
; Veto the Apple specific files that a NetAtalk server
; creates.
veto files = /.AppleDouble/.bin/.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.fi
.TP
\fB veto oplock files (S)\fR
This parameter is only valid when the \fI oplocks\fR
parameter is turned on for a share. It allows the Samba administrator
1998-11-11 01:27:18 +00:00
to selectively turn off the granting of oplocks on selected files that
match a wildcarded list, similar to the wildcarded list used in the
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fI veto files\fR
parameter.
Default: \fB No files are vetoed for oplock
grants\fR
You might want to do this on files that you know will
be heavily contended for by clients. A good example of this
is in the NetBench SMB benchmark program, which causes heavy
client contention for files ending in \fI .SEM\fR .
To cause Samba not to grant oplocks on these files you would use
the line (either in the [global] section or in the section for
the particular NetBench share :
2001-09-11 05:28:56 +00:00
Example: \fB veto oplock files = /*.SEM/
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
\fB vfs path (S)\fR
This parameter specifies the directory
to look in for vfs modules. The name of every \fB vfs object
\fR will be prepended by this directory
Default: \fB vfs path = \fR
Example: \fB vfs path = /usr/lib/samba/vfs\fR
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB vfs object (S)\fR
This parameter specifies a shared object file that
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
is used for Samba VFS I/O operations. By default, normal
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
disk I/O operations are used but these can be overloaded
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
with a VFS object. The Samba VFS layer is new to Samba 2.2 and
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
must be enabled at compile time with --with-vfs.
Default : \fB no value\fR
.TP
\fB vfs options (S)\fR
This parameter allows parameters to be passed
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
to the vfs layer at initialization time. The Samba VFS layer
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
is new to Samba 2.2 and must be enabled at compile time
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
with --with-vfs. See also \fI vfs object\fR .
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default : \fB no value\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB volume (S)\fR
This allows you to override the volume label
returned for a share. Useful for CDROMs with installation programs
that insist on a particular volume label.
Default: \fB the name of the share\fR
.TP
\fB wide links (S)\fR
This parameter controls whether or not links
in the UNIX file system may be followed by the server. Links
that point to areas within the directory tree exported by the
server are always allowed; this parameter controls access only
to areas that are outside the directory tree being exported.
Note that setting this parameter can have a negative
effect on your server performance due to the extra system calls
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
that Samba has to do in order to perform the link checks.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB wide links = yes\fR
.TP
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
\fB winbind cache time (G)\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
This parameter specifies the number of seconds the
winbindd(8)daemon will cache
user and group information before querying a Windows NT server
again.
Default: \fB winbind cache type = 15\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
\fB winbind enum users (G)\fR
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
On large installations using
winbindd(8)it may be
necessary to suppress the enumeration of users through the
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB setpwent()\fR ,
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fB getpwent()\fR and
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB endpwent()\fR group of system calls. If
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
the \fI winbind enum users\fR parameter is
false, calls to the \fB getpwent\fR system call
will not return any data.
\fB Warning:\fR Turning off user
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly. For
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
example, the finger program relies on having access to the
full user list when searching for matching
usernames.
Default: \fB winbind enum users = yes \fR
.TP
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
\fB winbind enum groups (G)\fR
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
On large installations using
winbindd(8)it may be
necessary to suppress the enumeration of groups through the
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB setgrent()\fR ,
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fB getgrent()\fR and
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fB endgrent()\fR group of system calls. If
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
the \fI winbind enum groups\fR parameter is
false, calls to the \fB getgrent()\fR system
call will not return any data.
\fB Warning:\fR Turning off group
enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly.
2001-12-06 07:37:58 +00:00
Default: \fB winbind enum groups = yes \fR
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
.TP
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
\fB winbind gid (G)\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
The winbind gid parameter specifies the range of group
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
ids that are allocated by the winbindd(8)daemon. This range of group ids should have no
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
existing local or NIS groups within it as strange conflicts can
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
occur otherwise.
1998-11-14 03:01:40 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB winbind gid = <empty string>
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Example: \fB winbind gid = 10000-20000\fR
.TP
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
\fB winbind separator (G)\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
This parameter allows an admin to define the character
used when listing a username of the form of \fI DOMAIN
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR \\ \fI user\fR . This parameter
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
is only applicable when using the \fI pam_winbind.so\fR
and \fI nss_winbind.so\fR modules for UNIX services.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2002-04-16 16:52:20 +00:00
Please note that setting this parameter to + causes problems
with group membership at least on glibc systems, as the character +
is used as a special character for NIS in /etc/group.
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
Default: \fB winbind separator = '\\ '\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
Example: \fB winbind separator = +\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
.TP
2002-05-08 15:37:14 +00:00
\fB winbind uid (G)\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
The winbind gid parameter specifies the range of group
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
ids that are allocated by the winbindd(8)daemon. This range of ids should have no
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
existing local or NIS users within it as strange conflicts can
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
occur otherwise.
Default: \fB winbind uid = <empty string>
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Example: \fB winbind uid = 10000-20000\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
2002-01-24 17:04:30 +00:00
\fB winbind use default domain\fR
.TP
\fB winbind use default domain\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
This parameter specifies whether the winbindd(8)
daemon should operate on users without domain component in their username.
2002-01-24 17:04:30 +00:00
Users without a domain component are treated as is part of the winbindd server's
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
own domain. While this does not benifit Windows users, it makes SSH, FTP and e-mail
2002-01-24 17:04:30 +00:00
function in a way much closer to the way they would in a native unix system.
Default: \fB winbind use default domain = <falseg>
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2002-01-24 17:04:30 +00:00
Example: \fB winbind use default domain = true\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB wins hook (G)\fR
When Samba is running as a WINS server this
allows you to call an external program for all changes to the
WINS database. The primary use for this option is to allow the
dynamic update of external name resolution databases such as
dynamic DNS.
The wins hook parameter specifies the name of a script
or executable that will be called as follows:
\fB wins_hook operation name nametype ttl IP_list
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.RS
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
The first argument is the operation and is one
of "add", "delete", or "refresh". In most cases the operation can
be ignored as the rest of the parameters provide sufficient
information. Note that "refresh" may sometimes be called when the
name has not previously been added, in that case it should be treated
as an add.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
The second argument is the NetBIOS name. If the
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
name is not a legal name then the wins hook is not called.
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Legal names contain only letters, digits, hyphens, underscores
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
and periods.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
The third argument is the NetBIOS name
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
type as a 2 digit hexadecimal number.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
The fourth argument is the TTL (time to live)
for the name in seconds.
.TP 0 .2i
\(bu
The fifth and subsequent arguments are the IP
addresses currently registered for that name. If this list is
empty then the name should be deleted.
.RE
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
An example script that calls the BIND dynamic DNS update
program \fB nsupdate\fR is provided in the examples
directory of the Samba source code.
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB wins proxy (G)\fR
This is a boolean that controls if nmbd(8)will respond to broadcast name
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
queries on behalf of other hosts. You may need to set this
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
to yes for some older clients.
Default: \fB wins proxy = no\fR
.TP
\fB wins server (G)\fR
This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
address for preference) of the WINS server that nmbd(8)should register with. If you have a WINS server on
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
your network then you should set this to the WINS server's IP.
You should point this at your WINS server if you have a
multi-subnetted network.
\fB NOTE\fR . You need to set up Samba to point
to a WINS server if you have multiple subnets and wish cross-subnet
browsing to work correctly.
See the documentation file \fI BROWSING.txt\fR
in the docs/ directory of your Samba source distribution.
Default: \fB not enabled\fR
Example: \fB wins server = 192.9.200.1\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB wins support (G)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
This boolean controls if the
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
nmbd(8)process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
not set this to true unless you have a multi-subnetted network and
you wish a particular \fB nmbd\fR to be your WINS server.
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
Note that you should \fB NEVER\fR set this to true
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
on more than one machine in your network.
Default: \fB wins support = no\fR
.TP
\fB workgroup (G)\fR
This controls what workgroup your server will
appear to be in when queried by clients. Note that this parameter
2001-09-11 05:28:56 +00:00
also controls the Domain name used with the \fB security = domain\fR
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
setting.
Default: \fB set at compile time to WORKGROUP\fR
Example: \fB workgroup = MYGROUP\fR
.TP
\fB writable (S)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Synonym for \fI writeable\fR for people who can't spell :-).
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB write cache size (S)\fR
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value,
Samba will create an in-memory cache for each oplocked file
(it does \fB not\fR do this for
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
non-oplocked files). All writes that the client does not request
to be flushed directly to disk will be stored in this cache if possible.
The cache is flushed onto disk when a write comes in whose offset
would not fit into the cache or when the file is closed by the client.
Reads for the file are also served from this cache if the data is stored
within it.
This cache allows Samba to batch client writes into a more
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
efficient write size for RAID disks (i.e. writes may be tuned to
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
be the RAID stripe size) and can improve performance on systems
where the disk subsystem is a bottleneck but there is free
memory for userspace programs.
The integer parameter specifies the size of this cache
(per oplocked file) in bytes.
Default: \fB write cache size = 0\fR
Example: \fB write cache size = 262144\fR
for a 256k cache size per file.
.TP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
\fB write list (S)\fR
This is a list of users that are given read-write
access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list then
they will be given write access, no matter what the \fI writeable\fR
option is set to. The list can include group names using the
@group syntax.
Note that if a user is in both the read list and the
write list then they will be given write access.
See also the \fI read list
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR option.
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Default: \fB write list = <empty string>
\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
Example: \fB write list = admin, root, @staff
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
\fR
.TP
\fB wins partners (G)\fR
A space separated list of partners' IP addresses for
WINS replication. WINS partners are always defined as push/pull
partners as defining only one way WINS replication is unreliable.
WINS replication is currently experimental and unreliable between
samba servers.
Default: \fB wins partners = \fR
Example: \fB wins partners = 192.168.0.1 172.16.1.2\fR
.TP
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
\fB write ok (S)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
Synonym for \fI writeable\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.TP
\fB write raw (G)\fR
This parameter controls whether or not the server
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
will support raw write SMB's when transferring data from clients.
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
You should never need to change this parameter.
Default: \fB write raw = yes\fR
.TP
\fB writeable (S)\fR
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
An inverted synonym is \fI read only\fR .
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
If this parameter is no, then users
of a service may not create or modify files in the service's
directory.
Note that a printable service (\fB printable = yes\fR )
will \fB ALWAYS\fR allow writing to the directory
(user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations.
1998-11-14 03:01:40 +00:00
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Default: \fB writeable = no\fR
.SH "WARNINGS"
.PP
Although the configuration file permits service names
to contain spaces, your client software may not. Spaces will
be ignored in comparisons anyway, so it shouldn't be a
problem - but be aware of the possibility.
.PP
On a similar note, many clients - especially DOS clients -
limit service names to eight characters. smbd(8)
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
has no such limitation, but attempts to connect from such
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
clients will fail if they truncate the service names. For this reason
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
you should probably keep your service names down to eight characters
in length.
.PP
Use of the [homes] and [printers] special sections make life
for an administrator easy, but the various combinations of default
attributes can be tricky. Take extreme care when designing these
sections. In particular, ensure that the permissions on spool
directories are correct.
.SH "VERSION"
.PP
This man page is correct for version 2.2 of
the Samba suite.
.SH "SEE ALSO"
.PP
2001-04-19 21:33:44 +00:00
samba(7),
\fB smbpasswd(8)\fR ,
\fB swat(8)\fR ,
\fB smbd(8)\fR ,
\fB nmbd(8)\fR ,
\fB smbclient(1)\fR ,
\fB nmblookup(1)\fR ,
\fB testparm(1)\fR ,
2001-10-10 17:19:10 +00:00
\fB testprns(1)\fR
.SH "AUTHOR"
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
.PP
The original Samba software and related utilities
were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed
by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar
to the way the Linux kernel is developed.
.PP
The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer.
The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another
excellent piece of Open Source software, available at
2002-08-20 17:13:57 +00:00
ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/) and updated for the Samba 2.0
release by Jeremy Allison. The conversion to DocBook for
2001-02-22 13:53:09 +00:00
Samba 2.2 was done by Gerald Carter